1 /* ELF executable support for BFD.
3 Copyright (C) 1993-2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
19 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
20 MA 02110-1301, USA. */
27 BFD support for ELF formats is being worked on.
28 Currently, the best supported back ends are for sparc and i386
29 (running svr4 or Solaris 2).
31 Documentation of the internals of the support code still needs
32 to be written. The code is changing quickly enough that we
33 haven't bothered yet. */
35 /* For sparc64-cross-sparc32. */
43 #include "libiberty.h"
44 #include "safe-ctype.h"
45 #include "elf-linux-core.h"
51 static int elf_sort_sections (const void *, const void *);
52 static bfd_boolean
assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*);
53 static bfd_boolean
prep_headers (bfd
*);
54 static bfd_boolean
swap_out_syms (bfd
*, struct elf_strtab_hash
**, int) ;
55 static bfd_boolean
elf_read_notes (bfd
*, file_ptr
, bfd_size_type
) ;
56 static bfd_boolean
elf_parse_notes (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, size_t size
,
59 /* Swap version information in and out. The version information is
60 currently size independent. If that ever changes, this code will
61 need to move into elfcode.h. */
63 /* Swap in a Verdef structure. */
66 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (bfd
*abfd
,
67 const Elf_External_Verdef
*src
,
68 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*dst
)
70 dst
->vd_version
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_version
);
71 dst
->vd_flags
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_flags
);
72 dst
->vd_ndx
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_ndx
);
73 dst
->vd_cnt
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_cnt
);
74 dst
->vd_hash
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_hash
);
75 dst
->vd_aux
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_aux
);
76 dst
->vd_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_next
);
79 /* Swap out a Verdef structure. */
82 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (bfd
*abfd
,
83 const Elf_Internal_Verdef
*src
,
84 Elf_External_Verdef
*dst
)
86 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_version
, dst
->vd_version
);
87 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_flags
, dst
->vd_flags
);
88 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_ndx
, dst
->vd_ndx
);
89 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_cnt
, dst
->vd_cnt
);
90 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_hash
, dst
->vd_hash
);
91 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_aux
, dst
->vd_aux
);
92 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_next
, dst
->vd_next
);
95 /* Swap in a Verdaux structure. */
98 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (bfd
*abfd
,
99 const Elf_External_Verdaux
*src
,
100 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*dst
)
102 dst
->vda_name
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_name
);
103 dst
->vda_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_next
);
106 /* Swap out a Verdaux structure. */
109 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (bfd
*abfd
,
110 const Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*src
,
111 Elf_External_Verdaux
*dst
)
113 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_name
, dst
->vda_name
);
114 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_next
, dst
->vda_next
);
117 /* Swap in a Verneed structure. */
120 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (bfd
*abfd
,
121 const Elf_External_Verneed
*src
,
122 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*dst
)
124 dst
->vn_version
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_version
);
125 dst
->vn_cnt
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_cnt
);
126 dst
->vn_file
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_file
);
127 dst
->vn_aux
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_aux
);
128 dst
->vn_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_next
);
131 /* Swap out a Verneed structure. */
134 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_out (bfd
*abfd
,
135 const Elf_Internal_Verneed
*src
,
136 Elf_External_Verneed
*dst
)
138 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_version
, dst
->vn_version
);
139 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_cnt
, dst
->vn_cnt
);
140 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_file
, dst
->vn_file
);
141 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_aux
, dst
->vn_aux
);
142 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_next
, dst
->vn_next
);
145 /* Swap in a Vernaux structure. */
148 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (bfd
*abfd
,
149 const Elf_External_Vernaux
*src
,
150 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*dst
)
152 dst
->vna_hash
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_hash
);
153 dst
->vna_flags
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_flags
);
154 dst
->vna_other
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_other
);
155 dst
->vna_name
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_name
);
156 dst
->vna_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_next
);
159 /* Swap out a Vernaux structure. */
162 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_out (bfd
*abfd
,
163 const Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*src
,
164 Elf_External_Vernaux
*dst
)
166 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_hash
, dst
->vna_hash
);
167 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_flags
, dst
->vna_flags
);
168 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_other
, dst
->vna_other
);
169 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_name
, dst
->vna_name
);
170 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_next
, dst
->vna_next
);
173 /* Swap in a Versym structure. */
176 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_in (bfd
*abfd
,
177 const Elf_External_Versym
*src
,
178 Elf_Internal_Versym
*dst
)
180 dst
->vs_vers
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vs_vers
);
183 /* Swap out a Versym structure. */
186 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_out (bfd
*abfd
,
187 const Elf_Internal_Versym
*src
,
188 Elf_External_Versym
*dst
)
190 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vs_vers
, dst
->vs_vers
);
193 /* Standard ELF hash function. Do not change this function; you will
194 cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */
197 bfd_elf_hash (const char *namearg
)
199 const unsigned char *name
= (const unsigned char *) namearg
;
204 while ((ch
= *name
++) != '\0')
207 if ((g
= (h
& 0xf0000000)) != 0)
210 /* The ELF ABI says `h &= ~g', but this is equivalent in
211 this case and on some machines one insn instead of two. */
215 return h
& 0xffffffff;
218 /* DT_GNU_HASH hash function. Do not change this function; you will
219 cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */
222 bfd_elf_gnu_hash (const char *namearg
)
224 const unsigned char *name
= (const unsigned char *) namearg
;
225 unsigned long h
= 5381;
228 while ((ch
= *name
++) != '\0')
229 h
= (h
<< 5) + h
+ ch
;
230 return h
& 0xffffffff;
233 /* Create a tdata field OBJECT_SIZE bytes in length, zeroed out and with
234 the object_id field of an elf_obj_tdata field set to OBJECT_ID. */
236 bfd_elf_allocate_object (bfd
*abfd
,
238 enum elf_target_id object_id
)
240 BFD_ASSERT (object_size
>= sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata
));
241 abfd
->tdata
.any
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, object_size
);
242 if (abfd
->tdata
.any
== NULL
)
245 elf_object_id (abfd
) = object_id
;
246 if (abfd
->direction
!= read_direction
)
248 struct output_elf_obj_tdata
*o
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof *o
);
251 elf_tdata (abfd
)->o
= o
;
252 elf_program_header_size (abfd
) = (bfd_size_type
) -1;
259 bfd_elf_make_object (bfd
*abfd
)
261 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
262 return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd
, sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata
),
267 bfd_elf_mkcorefile (bfd
*abfd
)
269 /* I think this can be done just like an object file. */
270 if (!abfd
->xvec
->_bfd_set_format
[(int) bfd_object
] (abfd
))
272 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
));
273 return elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
!= NULL
;
277 bfd_elf_get_str_section (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int shindex
)
279 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
280 bfd_byte
*shstrtab
= NULL
;
282 bfd_size_type shstrtabsize
;
284 i_shdrp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
286 || shindex
>= elf_numsections (abfd
)
287 || i_shdrp
[shindex
] == 0)
290 shstrtab
= i_shdrp
[shindex
]->contents
;
291 if (shstrtab
== NULL
)
293 /* No cached one, attempt to read, and cache what we read. */
294 offset
= i_shdrp
[shindex
]->sh_offset
;
295 shstrtabsize
= i_shdrp
[shindex
]->sh_size
;
297 /* Allocate and clear an extra byte at the end, to prevent crashes
298 in case the string table is not terminated. */
299 if (shstrtabsize
+ 1 <= 1
300 || bfd_seek (abfd
, offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
301 || (shstrtab
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, shstrtabsize
+ 1)) == NULL
)
303 else if (bfd_bread (shstrtab
, shstrtabsize
, abfd
) != shstrtabsize
)
305 if (bfd_get_error () != bfd_error_system_call
)
306 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_truncated
);
307 bfd_release (abfd
, shstrtab
);
309 /* Once we've failed to read it, make sure we don't keep
310 trying. Otherwise, we'll keep allocating space for
311 the string table over and over. */
312 i_shdrp
[shindex
]->sh_size
= 0;
315 shstrtab
[shstrtabsize
] = '\0';
316 i_shdrp
[shindex
]->contents
= shstrtab
;
318 return (char *) shstrtab
;
322 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd
*abfd
,
323 unsigned int shindex
,
324 unsigned int strindex
)
326 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
331 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
) == NULL
|| shindex
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
334 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
];
336 if (hdr
->contents
== NULL
)
338 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_STRTAB
&& hdr
->sh_type
< SHT_LOOS
)
340 /* PR 17512: file: f057ec89. */
341 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: attempt to load strings from a non-string section (number %d)"),
346 if (bfd_elf_get_str_section (abfd
, shindex
) == NULL
)
350 if (strindex
>= hdr
->sh_size
)
352 unsigned int shstrndx
= elf_elfheader(abfd
)->e_shstrndx
;
353 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
354 (_("%B: invalid string offset %u >= %lu for section `%s'"),
355 abfd
, strindex
, (unsigned long) hdr
->sh_size
,
356 (shindex
== shstrndx
&& strindex
== hdr
->sh_name
358 : bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shstrndx
, hdr
->sh_name
)));
362 return ((char *) hdr
->contents
) + strindex
;
365 /* Read and convert symbols to internal format.
366 SYMCOUNT specifies the number of symbols to read, starting from
367 symbol SYMOFFSET. If any of INTSYM_BUF, EXTSYM_BUF or EXTSHNDX_BUF
368 are non-NULL, they are used to store the internal symbols, external
369 symbols, and symbol section index extensions, respectively.
370 Returns a pointer to the internal symbol buffer (malloced if necessary)
371 or NULL if there were no symbols or some kind of problem. */
374 bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd
*ibfd
,
375 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
,
378 Elf_Internal_Sym
*intsym_buf
,
380 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*extshndx_buf
)
382 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shndx_hdr
;
384 const bfd_byte
*esym
;
385 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*alloc_extshndx
;
386 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*shndx
;
387 Elf_Internal_Sym
*alloc_intsym
;
388 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
389 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
390 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
395 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
401 /* Normal syms might have section extension entries. */
403 if (elf_symtab_shndx_list (ibfd
) != NULL
)
405 elf_section_list
* entry
;
406 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**sections
= elf_elfsections (ibfd
);
408 /* Find an index section that is linked to this symtab section. */
409 for (entry
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (ibfd
); entry
!= NULL
; entry
= entry
->next
)
412 if (entry
->hdr
.sh_link
>= elf_numsections (ibfd
))
415 if (sections
[entry
->hdr
.sh_link
] == symtab_hdr
)
417 shndx_hdr
= & entry
->hdr
;
422 if (shndx_hdr
== NULL
)
424 if (symtab_hdr
== & elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
))
425 /* Not really accurate, but this was how the old code used to work. */
426 shndx_hdr
= & elf_symtab_shndx_list (ibfd
)->hdr
;
427 /* Otherwise we do nothing. The assumption is that
428 the index table will not be needed. */
432 /* Read the symbols. */
434 alloc_extshndx
= NULL
;
436 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (ibfd
);
437 extsym_size
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
438 amt
= symcount
* extsym_size
;
439 pos
= symtab_hdr
->sh_offset
+ symoffset
* extsym_size
;
440 if (extsym_buf
== NULL
)
442 alloc_ext
= bfd_malloc2 (symcount
, extsym_size
);
443 extsym_buf
= alloc_ext
;
445 if (extsym_buf
== NULL
446 || bfd_seek (ibfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
447 || bfd_bread (extsym_buf
, amt
, ibfd
) != amt
)
453 if (shndx_hdr
== NULL
|| shndx_hdr
->sh_size
== 0)
457 amt
= symcount
* sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
458 pos
= shndx_hdr
->sh_offset
+ symoffset
* sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
459 if (extshndx_buf
== NULL
)
461 alloc_extshndx
= (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*)
462 bfd_malloc2 (symcount
, sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
));
463 extshndx_buf
= alloc_extshndx
;
465 if (extshndx_buf
== NULL
466 || bfd_seek (ibfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
467 || bfd_bread (extshndx_buf
, amt
, ibfd
) != amt
)
474 if (intsym_buf
== NULL
)
476 alloc_intsym
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*)
477 bfd_malloc2 (symcount
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym
));
478 intsym_buf
= alloc_intsym
;
479 if (intsym_buf
== NULL
)
483 /* Convert the symbols to internal form. */
484 isymend
= intsym_buf
+ symcount
;
485 for (esym
= (const bfd_byte
*) extsym_buf
, isym
= intsym_buf
,
486 shndx
= extshndx_buf
;
488 esym
+= extsym_size
, isym
++, shndx
= shndx
!= NULL
? shndx
+ 1 : NULL
)
489 if (!(*bed
->s
->swap_symbol_in
) (ibfd
, esym
, shndx
, isym
))
491 symoffset
+= (esym
- (bfd_byte
*) extsym_buf
) / extsym_size
;
492 (*_bfd_error_handler
) (_("%B symbol number %lu references "
493 "nonexistent SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX section"),
494 ibfd
, (unsigned long) symoffset
);
495 if (alloc_intsym
!= NULL
)
502 if (alloc_ext
!= NULL
)
504 if (alloc_extshndx
!= NULL
)
505 free (alloc_extshndx
);
510 /* Look up a symbol name. */
512 bfd_elf_sym_name (bfd
*abfd
,
513 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
,
514 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
,
518 unsigned int iname
= isym
->st_name
;
519 unsigned int shindex
= symtab_hdr
->sh_link
;
521 if (iname
== 0 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
522 /* Check for a bogus st_shndx to avoid crashing. */
523 && isym
->st_shndx
< elf_numsections (abfd
))
525 iname
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[isym
->st_shndx
]->sh_name
;
526 shindex
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shstrndx
;
529 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shindex
, iname
);
532 else if (sym_sec
&& *name
== '\0')
533 name
= bfd_section_name (abfd
, sym_sec
);
538 /* Elf_Internal_Shdr->contents is an array of these for SHT_GROUP
539 sections. The first element is the flags, the rest are section
542 typedef union elf_internal_group
{
543 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
;
545 } Elf_Internal_Group
;
547 /* Return the name of the group signature symbol. Why isn't the
548 signature just a string? */
551 group_signature (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*ghdr
)
553 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
554 unsigned char esym
[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym
)];
555 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx
;
556 Elf_Internal_Sym isym
;
558 /* First we need to ensure the symbol table is available. Make sure
559 that it is a symbol table section. */
560 if (ghdr
->sh_link
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
562 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
) [ghdr
->sh_link
];
563 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_SYMTAB
564 || ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, ghdr
->sh_link
))
567 /* Go read the symbol. */
568 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
569 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, hdr
, 1, ghdr
->sh_info
,
570 &isym
, esym
, &eshndx
) == NULL
)
573 return bfd_elf_sym_name (abfd
, hdr
, &isym
, NULL
);
576 /* Set next_in_group list pointer, and group name for NEWSECT. */
579 setup_group (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
, asection
*newsect
)
581 unsigned int num_group
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
;
583 /* If num_group is zero, read in all SHT_GROUP sections. The count
584 is set to -1 if there are no SHT_GROUP sections. */
587 unsigned int i
, shnum
;
589 /* First count the number of groups. If we have a SHT_GROUP
590 section with just a flag word (ie. sh_size is 4), ignore it. */
591 shnum
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
594 #define IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER(shdr, minsize) \
595 ( (shdr)->sh_type == SHT_GROUP \
596 && (shdr)->sh_size >= minsize \
597 && (shdr)->sh_entsize == GRP_ENTRY_SIZE \
598 && ((shdr)->sh_size % GRP_ENTRY_SIZE) == 0)
600 for (i
= 0; i
< shnum
; i
++)
602 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
604 if (IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (shdr
, 2 * GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
))
610 num_group
= (unsigned) -1;
611 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
;
615 /* We keep a list of elf section headers for group sections,
616 so we can find them quickly. */
619 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
;
620 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
= (Elf_Internal_Shdr
**)
621 bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, num_group
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*));
622 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
== NULL
)
626 for (i
= 0; i
< shnum
; i
++)
628 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
630 if (IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (shdr
, 2 * GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
))
633 Elf_Internal_Group
*dest
;
635 /* Add to list of sections. */
636 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[num_group
] = shdr
;
639 /* Read the raw contents. */
640 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (*dest
) >= 4);
641 amt
= shdr
->sh_size
* sizeof (*dest
) / 4;
642 shdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *)
643 bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, shdr
->sh_size
, sizeof (*dest
) / 4);
644 /* PR binutils/4110: Handle corrupt group headers. */
645 if (shdr
->contents
== NULL
)
648 (_("%B: corrupt size field in group section header: 0x%lx"), abfd
, shdr
->sh_size
);
649 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
654 memset (shdr
->contents
, 0, amt
);
656 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, shdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
657 || (bfd_bread (shdr
->contents
, shdr
->sh_size
, abfd
)
661 (_("%B: invalid size field in group section header: 0x%lx"), abfd
, shdr
->sh_size
);
662 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
664 /* PR 17510: If the group contents are even partially
665 corrupt, do not allow any of the contents to be used. */
666 memset (shdr
->contents
, 0, amt
);
670 /* Translate raw contents, a flag word followed by an
671 array of elf section indices all in target byte order,
672 to the flag word followed by an array of elf section
674 src
= shdr
->contents
+ shdr
->sh_size
;
675 dest
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) (shdr
->contents
+ amt
);
683 idx
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
);
684 if (src
== shdr
->contents
)
687 if (shdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
&& (idx
& GRP_COMDAT
))
688 shdr
->bfd_section
->flags
689 |= SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD
;
694 ((*_bfd_error_handler
)
695 (_("%B: invalid SHT_GROUP entry"), abfd
));
698 dest
->shdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[idx
];
703 /* PR 17510: Corrupt binaries might contain invalid groups. */
704 if (num_group
!= (unsigned) elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
)
706 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
;
708 /* If all groups are invalid then fail. */
711 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
= NULL
;
712 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
= -1;
713 (*_bfd_error_handler
) (_("%B: no valid group sections found"), abfd
);
714 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
720 if (num_group
!= (unsigned) -1)
724 for (i
= 0; i
< num_group
; i
++)
726 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[i
];
727 Elf_Internal_Group
*idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) shdr
->contents
;
728 unsigned int n_elt
= shdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
730 /* Look through this group's sections to see if current
731 section is a member. */
733 if ((++idx
)->shdr
== hdr
)
737 /* We are a member of this group. Go looking through
738 other members to see if any others are linked via
740 idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) shdr
->contents
;
741 n_elt
= shdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
743 if ((s
= (++idx
)->shdr
->bfd_section
) != NULL
744 && elf_next_in_group (s
) != NULL
)
748 /* Snarf the group name from other member, and
749 insert current section in circular list. */
750 elf_group_name (newsect
) = elf_group_name (s
);
751 elf_next_in_group (newsect
) = elf_next_in_group (s
);
752 elf_next_in_group (s
) = newsect
;
758 gname
= group_signature (abfd
, shdr
);
761 elf_group_name (newsect
) = gname
;
763 /* Start a circular list with one element. */
764 elf_next_in_group (newsect
) = newsect
;
767 /* If the group section has been created, point to the
769 if (shdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
770 elf_next_in_group (shdr
->bfd_section
) = newsect
;
778 if (elf_group_name (newsect
) == NULL
)
780 (*_bfd_error_handler
) (_("%B: no group info for section %A"),
788 _bfd_elf_setup_sections (bfd
*abfd
)
791 unsigned int num_group
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
;
792 bfd_boolean result
= TRUE
;
795 /* Process SHF_LINK_ORDER. */
796 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
798 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
= &elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
;
799 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
) != 0)
801 unsigned int elfsec
= this_hdr
->sh_link
;
802 /* FIXME: The old Intel compiler and old strip/objcopy may
803 not set the sh_link or sh_info fields. Hence we could
804 get the situation where elfsec is 0. */
807 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
808 if (bed
->link_order_error_handler
)
809 bed
->link_order_error_handler
810 (_("%B: warning: sh_link not set for section `%A'"),
815 asection
*linksec
= NULL
;
817 if (elfsec
< elf_numsections (abfd
))
819 this_hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
];
820 linksec
= this_hdr
->bfd_section
;
824 Some strip/objcopy may leave an incorrect value in
825 sh_link. We don't want to proceed. */
828 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
829 (_("%B: sh_link [%d] in section `%A' is incorrect"),
830 s
->owner
, s
, elfsec
);
834 elf_linked_to_section (s
) = linksec
;
839 /* Process section groups. */
840 if (num_group
== (unsigned) -1)
843 for (i
= 0; i
< num_group
; i
++)
845 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[i
];
846 Elf_Internal_Group
*idx
;
849 /* PR binutils/18758: Beware of corrupt binaries with invalid group data. */
850 if (shdr
== NULL
|| shdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
|| shdr
->contents
== NULL
)
852 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
853 (_("%B: section group entry number %u is corrupt"),
859 idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) shdr
->contents
;
860 n_elt
= shdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
863 if ((++idx
)->shdr
->bfd_section
)
864 elf_sec_group (idx
->shdr
->bfd_section
) = shdr
->bfd_section
;
865 else if (idx
->shdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
866 || idx
->shdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
)
867 /* We won't include relocation sections in section groups in
868 output object files. We adjust the group section size here
869 so that relocatable link will work correctly when
870 relocation sections are in section group in input object
872 shdr
->bfd_section
->size
-= 4;
875 /* There are some unknown sections in the group. */
876 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
877 (_("%B: unknown [%d] section `%s' in group [%s]"),
879 (unsigned int) idx
->shdr
->sh_type
,
880 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
,
881 (elf_elfheader (abfd
)
884 shdr
->bfd_section
->name
);
892 bfd_elf_is_group_section (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, const asection
*sec
)
894 return elf_next_in_group (sec
) != NULL
;
898 convert_debug_to_zdebug (bfd
*abfd
, const char *name
)
900 unsigned int len
= strlen (name
);
901 char *new_name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
+ 2);
902 if (new_name
== NULL
)
906 memcpy (new_name
+ 2, name
+ 1, len
);
911 convert_zdebug_to_debug (bfd
*abfd
, const char *name
)
913 unsigned int len
= strlen (name
);
914 char *new_name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
915 if (new_name
== NULL
)
918 memcpy (new_name
+ 1, name
+ 2, len
- 1);
922 /* Make a BFD section from an ELF section. We store a pointer to the
923 BFD section in the bfd_section field of the header. */
926 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
,
927 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
,
933 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
935 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
938 newsect
= bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd
, name
);
942 hdr
->bfd_section
= newsect
;
943 elf_section_data (newsect
)->this_hdr
= *hdr
;
944 elf_section_data (newsect
)->this_idx
= shindex
;
946 /* Always use the real type/flags. */
947 elf_section_type (newsect
) = hdr
->sh_type
;
948 elf_section_flags (newsect
) = hdr
->sh_flags
;
950 newsect
->filepos
= hdr
->sh_offset
;
952 if (! bfd_set_section_vma (abfd
, newsect
, hdr
->sh_addr
)
953 || ! bfd_set_section_size (abfd
, newsect
, hdr
->sh_size
)
954 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, newsect
,
955 bfd_log2 (hdr
->sh_addralign
)))
958 flags
= SEC_NO_FLAGS
;
959 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
960 flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
961 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
)
962 flags
|= SEC_GROUP
| SEC_EXCLUDE
;
963 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
966 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
969 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_WRITE
) == 0)
970 flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
971 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_EXECINSTR
) != 0)
973 else if ((flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
975 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_MERGE
) != 0)
978 newsect
->entsize
= hdr
->sh_entsize
;
980 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_STRINGS
) != 0)
981 flags
|= SEC_STRINGS
;
982 if (hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_GROUP
)
983 if (!setup_group (abfd
, hdr
, newsect
))
985 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) != 0)
986 flags
|= SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
;
987 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
988 flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
990 if ((flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0)
992 /* The debugging sections appear to be recognized only by name,
993 not any sort of flag. Their SEC_ALLOC bits are cleared. */
1000 else if (name
[1] == 'g' && name
[2] == 'n')
1001 p
= ".gnu.linkonce.wi.", n
= 17;
1002 else if (name
[1] == 'g' && name
[2] == 'd')
1003 p
= ".gdb_index", n
= 11; /* yes we really do mean 11. */
1004 else if (name
[1] == 'l')
1006 else if (name
[1] == 's')
1008 else if (name
[1] == 'z')
1009 p
= ".zdebug", n
= 7;
1012 if (p
!= NULL
&& strncmp (name
, p
, n
) == 0)
1013 flags
|= SEC_DEBUGGING
;
1017 /* As a GNU extension, if the name begins with .gnu.linkonce, we
1018 only link a single copy of the section. This is used to support
1019 g++. g++ will emit each template expansion in its own section.
1020 The symbols will be defined as weak, so that multiple definitions
1021 are permitted. The GNU linker extension is to actually discard
1022 all but one of the sections. */
1023 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gnu.linkonce")
1024 && elf_next_in_group (newsect
) == NULL
)
1025 flags
|= SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD
;
1027 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1028 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_flags
)
1029 if (! bed
->elf_backend_section_flags (&flags
, hdr
))
1032 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, newsect
, flags
))
1035 /* We do not parse the PT_NOTE segments as we are interested even in the
1036 separate debug info files which may have the segments offsets corrupted.
1037 PT_NOTEs from the core files are currently not parsed using BFD. */
1038 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOTE
)
1042 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, newsect
, &contents
))
1045 elf_parse_notes (abfd
, (char *) contents
, hdr
->sh_size
, -1);
1049 if ((flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
1051 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdr
;
1052 unsigned int i
, nload
;
1054 /* Some ELF linkers produce binaries with all the program header
1055 p_paddr fields zero. If we have such a binary with more than
1056 one PT_LOAD header, then leave the section lma equal to vma
1057 so that we don't create sections with overlapping lma. */
1058 phdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
1059 for (nload
= 0, i
= 0; i
< elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
; i
++, phdr
++)
1060 if (phdr
->p_paddr
!= 0)
1062 else if (phdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& phdr
->p_memsz
!= 0)
1064 if (i
>= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
&& nload
> 1)
1067 phdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
1068 for (i
= 0; i
< elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
; i
++, phdr
++)
1070 if (((phdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
1071 && (hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) == 0)
1072 || phdr
->p_type
== PT_TLS
)
1073 && ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (hdr
, phdr
))
1075 if ((flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0)
1076 newsect
->lma
= (phdr
->p_paddr
1077 + hdr
->sh_addr
- phdr
->p_vaddr
);
1079 /* We used to use the same adjustment for SEC_LOAD
1080 sections, but that doesn't work if the segment
1081 is packed with code from multiple VMAs.
1082 Instead we calculate the section LMA based on
1083 the segment LMA. It is assumed that the
1084 segment will contain sections with contiguous
1085 LMAs, even if the VMAs are not. */
1086 newsect
->lma
= (phdr
->p_paddr
1087 + hdr
->sh_offset
- phdr
->p_offset
);
1089 /* With contiguous segments, we can't tell from file
1090 offsets whether a section with zero size should
1091 be placed at the end of one segment or the
1092 beginning of the next. Decide based on vaddr. */
1093 if (hdr
->sh_addr
>= phdr
->p_vaddr
1094 && (hdr
->sh_addr
+ hdr
->sh_size
1095 <= phdr
->p_vaddr
+ phdr
->p_memsz
))
1101 /* Compress/decompress DWARF debug sections with names: .debug_* and
1102 .zdebug_*, after the section flags is set. */
1103 if ((flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
)
1104 && ((name
[1] == 'd' && name
[6] == '_')
1105 || (name
[1] == 'z' && name
[7] == '_')))
1107 enum { nothing
, compress
, decompress
} action
= nothing
;
1108 int compression_header_size
;
1109 bfd_size_type uncompressed_size
;
1110 bfd_boolean compressed
1111 = bfd_is_section_compressed_with_header (abfd
, newsect
,
1112 &compression_header_size
,
1113 &uncompressed_size
);
1117 /* Compressed section. Check if we should decompress. */
1118 if ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_DECOMPRESS
))
1119 action
= decompress
;
1122 /* Compress the uncompressed section or convert from/to .zdebug*
1123 section. Check if we should compress. */
1124 if (action
== nothing
)
1126 if (newsect
->size
!= 0
1127 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_COMPRESS
)
1128 && compression_header_size
>= 0
1129 && uncompressed_size
> 0
1131 || ((compression_header_size
> 0)
1132 != ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_COMPRESS_GABI
) != 0))))
1138 if (action
== compress
)
1140 if (!bfd_init_section_compress_status (abfd
, newsect
))
1142 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
1143 (_("%B: unable to initialize compress status for section %s"),
1150 if (!bfd_init_section_decompress_status (abfd
, newsect
))
1152 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
1153 (_("%B: unable to initialize decompress status for section %s"),
1159 if (abfd
->is_linker_input
)
1162 && (action
== decompress
1163 || (action
== compress
1164 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_COMPRESS_GABI
) != 0)))
1166 /* Convert section name from .zdebug_* to .debug_* so
1167 that linker will consider this section as a debug
1169 char *new_name
= convert_zdebug_to_debug (abfd
, name
);
1170 if (new_name
== NULL
)
1172 bfd_rename_section (abfd
, newsect
, new_name
);
1176 /* For objdump, don't rename the section. For objcopy, delay
1177 section rename to elf_fake_sections. */
1178 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_ELF_RENAME
;
1184 const char *const bfd_elf_section_type_names
[] =
1186 "SHT_NULL", "SHT_PROGBITS", "SHT_SYMTAB", "SHT_STRTAB",
1187 "SHT_RELA", "SHT_HASH", "SHT_DYNAMIC", "SHT_NOTE",
1188 "SHT_NOBITS", "SHT_REL", "SHT_SHLIB", "SHT_DYNSYM",
1191 /* ELF relocs are against symbols. If we are producing relocatable
1192 output, and the reloc is against an external symbol, and nothing
1193 has given us any additional addend, the resulting reloc will also
1194 be against the same symbol. In such a case, we don't want to
1195 change anything about the way the reloc is handled, since it will
1196 all be done at final link time. Rather than put special case code
1197 into bfd_perform_relocation, all the reloc types use this howto
1198 function. It just short circuits the reloc if producing
1199 relocatable output against an external symbol. */
1201 bfd_reloc_status_type
1202 bfd_elf_generic_reloc (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1203 arelent
*reloc_entry
,
1205 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1206 asection
*input_section
,
1208 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1210 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
1211 && (symbol
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0
1212 && (! reloc_entry
->howto
->partial_inplace
1213 || reloc_entry
->addend
== 0))
1215 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
1216 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
1219 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
1222 /* Returns TRUE if section A matches section B.
1223 Names, addresses and links may be different, but everything else
1224 should be the same. */
1227 section_match (const Elf_Internal_Shdr
* a
,
1228 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
* b
)
1231 a
->sh_type
== b
->sh_type
1232 && (a
->sh_flags
& ~ SHF_INFO_LINK
)
1233 == (b
->sh_flags
& ~ SHF_INFO_LINK
)
1234 && a
->sh_addralign
== b
->sh_addralign
1235 && a
->sh_size
== b
->sh_size
1236 && a
->sh_entsize
== b
->sh_entsize
1237 /* FIXME: Check sh_addr ? */
1241 /* Find a section in OBFD that has the same characteristics
1242 as IHEADER. Return the index of this section or SHN_UNDEF if
1243 none can be found. Check's section HINT first, as this is likely
1244 to be the correct section. */
1247 find_link (const bfd
* obfd
, const Elf_Internal_Shdr
* iheader
, const unsigned int hint
)
1249 Elf_Internal_Shdr
** oheaders
= elf_elfsections (obfd
);
1252 if (section_match (oheaders
[hint
], iheader
))
1255 for (i
= 1; i
< elf_numsections (obfd
); i
++)
1257 Elf_Internal_Shdr
* oheader
= oheaders
[i
];
1259 if (section_match (oheader
, iheader
))
1260 /* FIXME: Do we care if there is a potential for
1261 multiple matches ? */
1268 /* PR 19938: Attempt to set the ELF section header fields of an OS or
1269 Processor specific section, based upon a matching input section.
1270 Returns TRUE upon success, FALSE otherwise. */
1273 copy_special_section_fields (const bfd
*ibfd
,
1275 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
*iheader
,
1276 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*oheader
,
1277 const unsigned int secnum
)
1279 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
);
1280 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
**iheaders
= (const Elf_Internal_Shdr
**) elf_elfsections (ibfd
);
1281 bfd_boolean changed
= FALSE
;
1282 unsigned int sh_link
;
1284 if (oheader
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
)
1286 /* This is a feature for objcopy --only-keep-debug:
1287 When a section's type is changed to NOBITS, we preserve
1288 the sh_link and sh_info fields so that they can be
1289 matched up with the original.
1291 Note: Strictly speaking these assignments are wrong.
1292 The sh_link and sh_info fields should point to the
1293 relevent sections in the output BFD, which may not be in
1294 the same location as they were in the input BFD. But
1295 the whole point of this action is to preserve the
1296 original values of the sh_link and sh_info fields, so
1297 that they can be matched up with the section headers in
1298 the original file. So strictly speaking we may be
1299 creating an invalid ELF file, but it is only for a file
1300 that just contains debug info and only for sections
1301 without any contents. */
1302 if (oheader
->sh_link
== 0)
1303 oheader
->sh_link
= iheader
->sh_link
;
1304 if (oheader
->sh_info
== 0)
1305 oheader
->sh_info
= iheader
->sh_info
;
1309 /* Allow the target a chance to decide how these fields should be set. */
1310 if (bed
->elf_backend_copy_special_section_fields
!= NULL
1311 && bed
->elf_backend_copy_special_section_fields
1312 (ibfd
, obfd
, iheader
, oheader
))
1315 /* We have an iheader which might match oheader, and which has non-zero
1316 sh_info and/or sh_link fields. Attempt to follow those links and find
1317 the section in the output bfd which corresponds to the linked section
1318 in the input bfd. */
1319 if (iheader
->sh_link
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
1321 sh_link
= find_link (obfd
, iheaders
[iheader
->sh_link
], iheader
->sh_link
);
1322 if (sh_link
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
1324 oheader
->sh_link
= sh_link
;
1328 /* FIXME: Should we install iheader->sh_link
1329 if we could not find a match ? */
1330 (* _bfd_error_handler
)
1331 (_("%B: Failed to find link section for section %d"), obfd
, secnum
);
1334 if (iheader
->sh_info
)
1336 /* The sh_info field can hold arbitrary information, but if the
1337 SHF_LINK_INFO flag is set then it should be interpreted as a
1339 if (iheader
->sh_flags
& SHF_INFO_LINK
)
1341 sh_link
= find_link (obfd
, iheaders
[iheader
->sh_info
],
1343 if (sh_link
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
1344 oheader
->sh_flags
|= SHF_INFO_LINK
;
1347 /* No idea what it means - just copy it. */
1348 sh_link
= iheader
->sh_info
;
1350 if (sh_link
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
1352 oheader
->sh_info
= sh_link
;
1356 (* _bfd_error_handler
)
1357 (_("%B: Failed to find info section for section %d"), obfd
, secnum
);
1363 /* Copy the program header and other data from one object module to
1367 _bfd_elf_copy_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
1369 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
**iheaders
= (const Elf_Internal_Shdr
**) elf_elfsections (ibfd
);
1370 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**oheaders
= elf_elfsections (obfd
);
1371 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1374 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
1375 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
1378 if (!elf_flags_init (obfd
))
1380 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
;
1381 elf_flags_init (obfd
) = TRUE
;
1384 elf_gp (obfd
) = elf_gp (ibfd
);
1386 /* Also copy the EI_OSABI field. */
1387 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] =
1388 elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
];
1390 /* If set, copy the EI_ABIVERSION field. */
1391 if (elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_ABIVERSION
])
1392 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_ABIVERSION
]
1393 = elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_ABIVERSION
];
1395 /* Copy object attributes. */
1396 _bfd_elf_copy_obj_attributes (ibfd
, obfd
);
1398 if (iheaders
== NULL
|| oheaders
== NULL
)
1401 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
);
1403 /* Possibly copy other fields in the section header. */
1404 for (i
= 1; i
< elf_numsections (obfd
); i
++)
1407 Elf_Internal_Shdr
* oheader
= oheaders
[i
];
1409 /* Ignore ordinary sections. SHT_NOBITS sections are considered however
1410 because of a special case need for generating separate debug info
1411 files. See below for more details. */
1413 || (oheader
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
1414 && oheader
->sh_type
< SHT_LOOS
))
1417 /* Ignore empty sections, and sections whose
1418 fields have already been initialised. */
1419 if (oheader
->sh_size
== 0
1420 || (oheader
->sh_info
!= 0 && oheader
->sh_link
!= 0))
1423 /* Scan for the matching section in the input bfd.
1424 First we try for a direct mapping between the input and output sections. */
1425 for (j
= 1; j
< elf_numsections (ibfd
); j
++)
1427 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
* iheader
= iheaders
[j
];
1429 if (iheader
== NULL
)
1432 if (oheader
->bfd_section
!= NULL
1433 && iheader
->bfd_section
!= NULL
1434 && iheader
->bfd_section
->output_section
!= NULL
1435 && iheader
->bfd_section
->output_section
== oheader
->bfd_section
)
1437 /* We have found a connection from the input section to the
1438 output section. Attempt to copy the header fields. If
1439 this fails then do not try any further sections - there
1440 should only be a one-to-one mapping between input and output. */
1441 if (! copy_special_section_fields (ibfd
, obfd
, iheader
, oheader
, i
))
1442 j
= elf_numsections (ibfd
);
1447 if (j
< elf_numsections (ibfd
))
1450 /* That failed. So try to deduce the corresponding input section.
1451 Unfortunately we cannot compare names as the output string table
1452 is empty, so instead we check size, address and type. */
1453 for (j
= 1; j
< elf_numsections (ibfd
); j
++)
1455 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
* iheader
= iheaders
[j
];
1457 if (iheader
== NULL
)
1460 /* Try matching fields in the input section's header.
1461 Since --only-keep-debug turns all non-debug sections into
1462 SHT_NOBITS sections, the output SHT_NOBITS type matches any
1464 if ((oheader
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
1465 || iheader
->sh_type
== oheader
->sh_type
)
1466 && (iheader
->sh_flags
& ~ SHF_INFO_LINK
)
1467 == (oheader
->sh_flags
& ~ SHF_INFO_LINK
)
1468 && iheader
->sh_addralign
== oheader
->sh_addralign
1469 && iheader
->sh_entsize
== oheader
->sh_entsize
1470 && iheader
->sh_size
== oheader
->sh_size
1471 && iheader
->sh_addr
== oheader
->sh_addr
1472 && (iheader
->sh_info
!= oheader
->sh_info
1473 || iheader
->sh_link
!= oheader
->sh_link
))
1475 if (copy_special_section_fields (ibfd
, obfd
, iheader
, oheader
, i
))
1480 if (j
== elf_numsections (ibfd
) && oheader
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOOS
)
1482 /* Final attempt. Call the backend copy function
1483 with a NULL input section. */
1484 if (bed
->elf_backend_copy_special_section_fields
!= NULL
)
1485 bed
->elf_backend_copy_special_section_fields (ibfd
, obfd
, NULL
, oheader
);
1493 get_segment_type (unsigned int p_type
)
1498 case PT_NULL
: pt
= "NULL"; break;
1499 case PT_LOAD
: pt
= "LOAD"; break;
1500 case PT_DYNAMIC
: pt
= "DYNAMIC"; break;
1501 case PT_INTERP
: pt
= "INTERP"; break;
1502 case PT_NOTE
: pt
= "NOTE"; break;
1503 case PT_SHLIB
: pt
= "SHLIB"; break;
1504 case PT_PHDR
: pt
= "PHDR"; break;
1505 case PT_TLS
: pt
= "TLS"; break;
1506 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
: pt
= "EH_FRAME"; break;
1507 case PT_GNU_STACK
: pt
= "STACK"; break;
1508 case PT_GNU_RELRO
: pt
= "RELRO"; break;
1509 default: pt
= NULL
; break;
1514 /* Print out the program headers. */
1517 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd
*abfd
, void *farg
)
1519 FILE *f
= (FILE *) farg
;
1520 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
1522 bfd_byte
*dynbuf
= NULL
;
1524 p
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
1529 fprintf (f
, _("\nProgram Header:\n"));
1530 c
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
;
1531 for (i
= 0; i
< c
; i
++, p
++)
1533 const char *pt
= get_segment_type (p
->p_type
);
1538 sprintf (buf
, "0x%lx", p
->p_type
);
1541 fprintf (f
, "%8s off 0x", pt
);
1542 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_offset
);
1543 fprintf (f
, " vaddr 0x");
1544 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_vaddr
);
1545 fprintf (f
, " paddr 0x");
1546 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_paddr
);
1547 fprintf (f
, " align 2**%u\n", bfd_log2 (p
->p_align
));
1548 fprintf (f
, " filesz 0x");
1549 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_filesz
);
1550 fprintf (f
, " memsz 0x");
1551 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_memsz
);
1552 fprintf (f
, " flags %c%c%c",
1553 (p
->p_flags
& PF_R
) != 0 ? 'r' : '-',
1554 (p
->p_flags
& PF_W
) != 0 ? 'w' : '-',
1555 (p
->p_flags
& PF_X
) != 0 ? 'x' : '-');
1556 if ((p
->p_flags
&~ (unsigned) (PF_R
| PF_W
| PF_X
)) != 0)
1557 fprintf (f
, " %lx", p
->p_flags
&~ (unsigned) (PF_R
| PF_W
| PF_X
));
1562 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
1565 unsigned int elfsec
;
1566 unsigned long shlink
;
1567 bfd_byte
*extdyn
, *extdynend
;
1569 void (*swap_dyn_in
) (bfd
*, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn
*);
1571 fprintf (f
, _("\nDynamic Section:\n"));
1573 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, s
, &dynbuf
))
1576 elfsec
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, s
);
1577 if (elfsec
== SHN_BAD
)
1579 shlink
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
]->sh_link
;
1581 extdynsize
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
1582 swap_dyn_in
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
;
1585 /* PR 17512: file: 6f427532. */
1586 if (s
->size
< extdynsize
)
1588 extdynend
= extdyn
+ s
->size
;
1589 /* PR 17512: file: id:000006,sig:06,src:000000,op:flip4,pos:5664.
1591 for (; extdyn
<= (extdynend
- extdynsize
); extdyn
+= extdynsize
)
1593 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
1594 const char *name
= "";
1596 bfd_boolean stringp
;
1597 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1599 (*swap_dyn_in
) (abfd
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
1601 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NULL
)
1608 if (bed
->elf_backend_get_target_dtag
)
1609 name
= (*bed
->elf_backend_get_target_dtag
) (dyn
.d_tag
);
1611 if (!strcmp (name
, ""))
1613 sprintf (ab
, "0x%lx", (unsigned long) dyn
.d_tag
);
1618 case DT_NEEDED
: name
= "NEEDED"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1619 case DT_PLTRELSZ
: name
= "PLTRELSZ"; break;
1620 case DT_PLTGOT
: name
= "PLTGOT"; break;
1621 case DT_HASH
: name
= "HASH"; break;
1622 case DT_STRTAB
: name
= "STRTAB"; break;
1623 case DT_SYMTAB
: name
= "SYMTAB"; break;
1624 case DT_RELA
: name
= "RELA"; break;
1625 case DT_RELASZ
: name
= "RELASZ"; break;
1626 case DT_RELAENT
: name
= "RELAENT"; break;
1627 case DT_STRSZ
: name
= "STRSZ"; break;
1628 case DT_SYMENT
: name
= "SYMENT"; break;
1629 case DT_INIT
: name
= "INIT"; break;
1630 case DT_FINI
: name
= "FINI"; break;
1631 case DT_SONAME
: name
= "SONAME"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1632 case DT_RPATH
: name
= "RPATH"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1633 case DT_SYMBOLIC
: name
= "SYMBOLIC"; break;
1634 case DT_REL
: name
= "REL"; break;
1635 case DT_RELSZ
: name
= "RELSZ"; break;
1636 case DT_RELENT
: name
= "RELENT"; break;
1637 case DT_PLTREL
: name
= "PLTREL"; break;
1638 case DT_DEBUG
: name
= "DEBUG"; break;
1639 case DT_TEXTREL
: name
= "TEXTREL"; break;
1640 case DT_JMPREL
: name
= "JMPREL"; break;
1641 case DT_BIND_NOW
: name
= "BIND_NOW"; break;
1642 case DT_INIT_ARRAY
: name
= "INIT_ARRAY"; break;
1643 case DT_FINI_ARRAY
: name
= "FINI_ARRAY"; break;
1644 case DT_INIT_ARRAYSZ
: name
= "INIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1645 case DT_FINI_ARRAYSZ
: name
= "FINI_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1646 case DT_RUNPATH
: name
= "RUNPATH"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1647 case DT_FLAGS
: name
= "FLAGS"; break;
1648 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAY
: name
= "PREINIT_ARRAY"; break;
1649 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAYSZ
: name
= "PREINIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1650 case DT_CHECKSUM
: name
= "CHECKSUM"; break;
1651 case DT_PLTPADSZ
: name
= "PLTPADSZ"; break;
1652 case DT_MOVEENT
: name
= "MOVEENT"; break;
1653 case DT_MOVESZ
: name
= "MOVESZ"; break;
1654 case DT_FEATURE
: name
= "FEATURE"; break;
1655 case DT_POSFLAG_1
: name
= "POSFLAG_1"; break;
1656 case DT_SYMINSZ
: name
= "SYMINSZ"; break;
1657 case DT_SYMINENT
: name
= "SYMINENT"; break;
1658 case DT_CONFIG
: name
= "CONFIG"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1659 case DT_DEPAUDIT
: name
= "DEPAUDIT"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1660 case DT_AUDIT
: name
= "AUDIT"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1661 case DT_PLTPAD
: name
= "PLTPAD"; break;
1662 case DT_MOVETAB
: name
= "MOVETAB"; break;
1663 case DT_SYMINFO
: name
= "SYMINFO"; break;
1664 case DT_RELACOUNT
: name
= "RELACOUNT"; break;
1665 case DT_RELCOUNT
: name
= "RELCOUNT"; break;
1666 case DT_FLAGS_1
: name
= "FLAGS_1"; break;
1667 case DT_VERSYM
: name
= "VERSYM"; break;
1668 case DT_VERDEF
: name
= "VERDEF"; break;
1669 case DT_VERDEFNUM
: name
= "VERDEFNUM"; break;
1670 case DT_VERNEED
: name
= "VERNEED"; break;
1671 case DT_VERNEEDNUM
: name
= "VERNEEDNUM"; break;
1672 case DT_AUXILIARY
: name
= "AUXILIARY"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1673 case DT_USED
: name
= "USED"; break;
1674 case DT_FILTER
: name
= "FILTER"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1675 case DT_GNU_HASH
: name
= "GNU_HASH"; break;
1678 fprintf (f
, " %-20s ", name
);
1682 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, dyn
.d_un
.d_val
);
1687 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
1689 string
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
1692 fprintf (f
, "%s", string
);
1701 if ((elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
== NULL
)
1702 || (elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
== NULL
))
1704 if (! _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (abfd
, FALSE
))
1708 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0)
1710 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*t
;
1712 fprintf (f
, _("\nVersion definitions:\n"));
1713 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->vd_nextdef
)
1715 fprintf (f
, "%d 0x%2.2x 0x%8.8lx %s\n", t
->vd_ndx
,
1716 t
->vd_flags
, t
->vd_hash
,
1717 t
->vd_nodename
? t
->vd_nodename
: "<corrupt>");
1718 if (t
->vd_auxptr
!= NULL
&& t
->vd_auxptr
->vda_nextptr
!= NULL
)
1720 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*a
;
1723 for (a
= t
->vd_auxptr
->vda_nextptr
;
1727 a
->vda_nodename
? a
->vda_nodename
: "<corrupt>");
1733 if (elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0)
1735 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
1737 fprintf (f
, _("\nVersion References:\n"));
1738 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->vn_nextref
)
1740 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
1742 fprintf (f
, _(" required from %s:\n"),
1743 t
->vn_filename
? t
->vn_filename
: "<corrupt>");
1744 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
1745 fprintf (f
, " 0x%8.8lx 0x%2.2x %2.2d %s\n", a
->vna_hash
,
1746 a
->vna_flags
, a
->vna_other
,
1747 a
->vna_nodename
? a
->vna_nodename
: "<corrupt>");
1759 /* Get version string. */
1762 _bfd_elf_get_symbol_version_string (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1763 bfd_boolean
*hidden
)
1765 const char *version_string
= NULL
;
1766 if (elf_dynversym (abfd
) != 0
1767 && (elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0 || elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0))
1769 unsigned int vernum
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->version
;
1771 *hidden
= (vernum
& VERSYM_HIDDEN
) != 0;
1772 vernum
&= VERSYM_VERSION
;
1775 version_string
= "";
1776 else if (vernum
== 1)
1777 version_string
= "Base";
1778 else if (vernum
<= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
)
1780 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[vernum
- 1].vd_nodename
;
1783 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
1785 version_string
= "";
1786 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
;
1790 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
1792 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
1794 if (a
->vna_other
== vernum
)
1796 version_string
= a
->vna_nodename
;
1803 return version_string
;
1806 /* Display ELF-specific fields of a symbol. */
1809 bfd_elf_print_symbol (bfd
*abfd
,
1812 bfd_print_symbol_type how
)
1814 FILE *file
= (FILE *) filep
;
1817 case bfd_print_symbol_name
:
1818 fprintf (file
, "%s", symbol
->name
);
1820 case bfd_print_symbol_more
:
1821 fprintf (file
, "elf ");
1822 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, file
, symbol
->value
);
1823 fprintf (file
, " %lx", (unsigned long) symbol
->flags
);
1825 case bfd_print_symbol_all
:
1827 const char *section_name
;
1828 const char *name
= NULL
;
1829 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1830 unsigned char st_other
;
1832 const char *version_string
;
1835 section_name
= symbol
->section
? symbol
->section
->name
: "(*none*)";
1837 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1838 if (bed
->elf_backend_print_symbol_all
)
1839 name
= (*bed
->elf_backend_print_symbol_all
) (abfd
, filep
, symbol
);
1843 name
= symbol
->name
;
1844 bfd_print_symbol_vandf (abfd
, file
, symbol
);
1847 fprintf (file
, " %s\t", section_name
);
1848 /* Print the "other" value for a symbol. For common symbols,
1849 we've already printed the size; now print the alignment.
1850 For other symbols, we have no specified alignment, and
1851 we've printed the address; now print the size. */
1852 if (symbol
->section
&& bfd_is_com_section (symbol
->section
))
1853 val
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_value
;
1855 val
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
;
1856 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, file
, val
);
1858 /* If we have version information, print it. */
1859 version_string
= _bfd_elf_get_symbol_version_string (abfd
,
1865 fprintf (file
, " %-11s", version_string
);
1870 fprintf (file
, " (%s)", version_string
);
1871 for (i
= 10 - strlen (version_string
); i
> 0; --i
)
1876 /* If the st_other field is not zero, print it. */
1877 st_other
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
;
1882 case STV_INTERNAL
: fprintf (file
, " .internal"); break;
1883 case STV_HIDDEN
: fprintf (file
, " .hidden"); break;
1884 case STV_PROTECTED
: fprintf (file
, " .protected"); break;
1886 /* Some other non-defined flags are also present, so print
1888 fprintf (file
, " 0x%02x", (unsigned int) st_other
);
1891 fprintf (file
, " %s", name
);
1897 /* ELF .o/exec file reading */
1899 /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF section header. */
1902 bfd_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int shindex
)
1904 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
1905 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*ehdr
;
1906 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1908 bfd_boolean ret
= TRUE
;
1909 static bfd_boolean
* sections_being_created
= NULL
;
1910 static bfd
* sections_being_created_abfd
= NULL
;
1911 static unsigned int nesting
= 0;
1913 if (shindex
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
1918 /* PR17512: A corrupt ELF binary might contain a recursive group of
1919 sections, with each the string indicies pointing to the next in the
1920 loop. Detect this here, by refusing to load a section that we are
1921 already in the process of loading. We only trigger this test if
1922 we have nested at least three sections deep as normal ELF binaries
1923 can expect to recurse at least once.
1925 FIXME: It would be better if this array was attached to the bfd,
1926 rather than being held in a static pointer. */
1928 if (sections_being_created_abfd
!= abfd
)
1929 sections_being_created
= NULL
;
1930 if (sections_being_created
== NULL
)
1932 /* FIXME: It would be more efficient to attach this array to the bfd somehow. */
1933 sections_being_created
= (bfd_boolean
*)
1934 bfd_zalloc (abfd
, elf_numsections (abfd
) * sizeof (bfd_boolean
));
1935 sections_being_created_abfd
= abfd
;
1937 if (sections_being_created
[shindex
])
1939 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
1940 (_("%B: warning: loop in section dependencies detected"), abfd
);
1943 sections_being_created
[shindex
] = TRUE
;
1946 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
];
1947 ehdr
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
1948 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, ehdr
->e_shstrndx
,
1953 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1954 switch (hdr
->sh_type
)
1957 /* Inactive section. Throw it away. */
1960 case SHT_PROGBITS
: /* Normal section with contents. */
1961 case SHT_NOBITS
: /* .bss section. */
1962 case SHT_HASH
: /* .hash section. */
1963 case SHT_NOTE
: /* .note section. */
1964 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY
: /* .init_array section. */
1965 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY
: /* .fini_array section. */
1966 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
: /* .preinit_array section. */
1967 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST
: /* .gnu.liblist section. */
1968 case SHT_GNU_HASH
: /* .gnu.hash section. */
1969 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
1972 case SHT_DYNAMIC
: /* Dynamic linking information. */
1973 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
1976 if (hdr
->sh_link
> elf_numsections (abfd
))
1978 /* PR 10478: Accept Solaris binaries with a sh_link
1979 field set to SHN_BEFORE or SHN_AFTER. */
1980 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd
))
1983 case bfd_arch_sparc
:
1984 if (hdr
->sh_link
== (SHN_LORESERVE
& 0xffff) /* SHN_BEFORE */
1985 || hdr
->sh_link
== ((SHN_LORESERVE
+ 1) & 0xffff) /* SHN_AFTER */)
1987 /* Otherwise fall through. */
1992 else if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
] == NULL
)
1994 else if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
!= SHT_STRTAB
)
1996 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*dynsymhdr
;
1998 /* The shared libraries distributed with hpux11 have a bogus
1999 sh_link field for the ".dynamic" section. Find the
2000 string table for the ".dynsym" section instead. */
2001 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) != 0)
2003 dynsymhdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)];
2004 hdr
->sh_link
= dynsymhdr
->sh_link
;
2008 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
2010 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
2011 for (i
= 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++)
2013 dynsymhdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
2014 if (dynsymhdr
->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
)
2016 hdr
->sh_link
= dynsymhdr
->sh_link
;
2024 case SHT_SYMTAB
: /* A symbol table. */
2025 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == shindex
)
2028 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
)
2031 if (hdr
->sh_info
* hdr
->sh_entsize
> hdr
->sh_size
)
2033 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
2035 /* Some assemblers erroneously set sh_info to one with a
2036 zero sh_size. ld sees this as a global symbol count
2037 of (unsigned) -1. Fix it here. */
2042 /* PR 18854: A binary might contain more than one symbol table.
2043 Unusual, but possible. Warn, but continue. */
2044 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) != 0)
2046 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2047 (_("%B: warning: multiple symbol tables detected - ignoring the table in section %u"),
2051 elf_onesymtab (abfd
) = shindex
;
2052 elf_symtab_hdr (abfd
) = *hdr
;
2053 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr
= & elf_symtab_hdr (abfd
);
2054 abfd
->flags
|= HAS_SYMS
;
2056 /* Sometimes a shared object will map in the symbol table. If
2057 SHF_ALLOC is set, and this is a shared object, then we also
2058 treat this section as a BFD section. We can not base the
2059 decision purely on SHF_ALLOC, because that flag is sometimes
2060 set in a relocatable object file, which would confuse the
2062 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0
2063 && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0
2064 && ! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2068 /* Go looking for SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX too, since if there is one we
2069 can't read symbols without that section loaded as well. It
2070 is most likely specified by the next section header. */
2072 elf_section_list
* entry
;
2073 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
2075 for (entry
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
); entry
!= NULL
; entry
= entry
->next
)
2076 if (entry
->hdr
.sh_link
== shindex
)
2079 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
2080 for (i
= shindex
+ 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++)
2082 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
2084 if (hdr2
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
2085 && hdr2
->sh_link
== shindex
)
2090 for (i
= 1; i
< shindex
; i
++)
2092 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
2094 if (hdr2
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
2095 && hdr2
->sh_link
== shindex
)
2100 ret
= bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, i
);
2101 /* else FIXME: we have failed to find the symbol table - should we issue an error ? */
2105 case SHT_DYNSYM
: /* A dynamic symbol table. */
2106 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == shindex
)
2109 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
)
2112 if (hdr
->sh_info
* hdr
->sh_entsize
> hdr
->sh_size
)
2114 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
2117 /* Some linkers erroneously set sh_info to one with a
2118 zero sh_size. ld sees this as a global symbol count
2119 of (unsigned) -1. Fix it here. */
2124 /* PR 18854: A binary might contain more than one dynamic symbol table.
2125 Unusual, but possible. Warn, but continue. */
2126 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) != 0)
2128 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2129 (_("%B: warning: multiple dynamic symbol tables detected - ignoring the table in section %u"),
2133 elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) = shindex
;
2134 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
2135 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
2136 abfd
->flags
|= HAS_SYMS
;
2138 /* Besides being a symbol table, we also treat this as a regular
2139 section, so that objcopy can handle it. */
2140 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2143 case SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
: /* Symbol section indices when >64k sections. */
2145 elf_section_list
* entry
;
2147 for (entry
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
); entry
!= NULL
; entry
= entry
->next
)
2148 if (entry
->ndx
== shindex
)
2151 entry
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof * entry
);
2154 entry
->ndx
= shindex
;
2156 entry
->next
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
);
2157 elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) = entry
;
2158 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = & entry
->hdr
;
2162 case SHT_STRTAB
: /* A string table. */
2163 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
2166 if (ehdr
->e_shstrndx
== shindex
)
2168 elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
2169 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = &elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
;
2173 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_onesymtab (abfd
)]->sh_link
== shindex
)
2176 elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
2177 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
2181 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)]->sh_link
== shindex
)
2184 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynstrtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
2185 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynstrtab_hdr
;
2186 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr
;
2187 /* We also treat this as a regular section, so that objcopy
2189 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2194 /* If the string table isn't one of the above, then treat it as a
2195 regular section. We need to scan all the headers to be sure,
2196 just in case this strtab section appeared before the above. */
2197 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == 0 || elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
2199 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
2201 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
2202 for (i
= 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++)
2204 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
2205 if (hdr2
->sh_link
== shindex
)
2207 /* Prevent endless recursion on broken objects. */
2210 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, i
))
2212 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == i
)
2214 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == i
)
2215 goto dynsymtab_strtab
;
2219 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2224 /* *These* do a lot of work -- but build no sections! */
2226 asection
*target_sect
;
2227 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
, **p_hdr
;
2228 unsigned int num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
2229 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdt
;
2233 != (bfd_size_type
) (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
2234 ? bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
: bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
))
2237 /* Check for a bogus link to avoid crashing. */
2238 if (hdr
->sh_link
>= num_sec
)
2240 ((*_bfd_error_handler
)
2241 (_("%B: invalid link %lu for reloc section %s (index %u)"),
2242 abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
, name
, shindex
));
2243 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2248 /* For some incomprehensible reason Oracle distributes
2249 libraries for Solaris in which some of the objects have
2250 bogus sh_link fields. It would be nice if we could just
2251 reject them, but, unfortunately, some people need to use
2252 them. We scan through the section headers; if we find only
2253 one suitable symbol table, we clobber the sh_link to point
2254 to it. I hope this doesn't break anything.
2256 Don't do it on executable nor shared library. */
2257 if ((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
)) == 0
2258 && elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
!= SHT_SYMTAB
2259 && elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
!= SHT_DYNSYM
)
2265 for (scan
= 1; scan
< num_sec
; scan
++)
2267 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[scan
]->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
2268 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[scan
]->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
)
2279 hdr
->sh_link
= found
;
2282 /* Get the symbol table. */
2283 if ((elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
2284 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
)
2285 && ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
))
2288 /* If this reloc section does not use the main symbol table we
2289 don't treat it as a reloc section. BFD can't adequately
2290 represent such a section, so at least for now, we don't
2291 try. We just present it as a normal section. We also
2292 can't use it as a reloc section if it points to the null
2293 section, an invalid section, another reloc section, or its
2294 sh_link points to the null section. */
2295 if (hdr
->sh_link
!= elf_onesymtab (abfd
)
2296 || hdr
->sh_link
== SHN_UNDEF
2297 || hdr
->sh_info
== SHN_UNDEF
2298 || hdr
->sh_info
>= num_sec
2299 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_info
]->sh_type
== SHT_REL
2300 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_info
]->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
2302 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2307 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
->sh_info
))
2310 target_sect
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, hdr
->sh_info
);
2311 if (target_sect
== NULL
)
2314 esdt
= elf_section_data (target_sect
);
2315 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
2316 p_hdr
= &esdt
->rela
.hdr
;
2318 p_hdr
= &esdt
->rel
.hdr
;
2320 /* PR 17512: file: 0b4f81b7. */
2323 amt
= sizeof (*hdr2
);
2324 hdr2
= (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
2329 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr2
;
2330 target_sect
->reloc_count
+= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (hdr
);
2331 target_sect
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
2332 target_sect
->relocation
= NULL
;
2333 target_sect
->rel_filepos
= hdr
->sh_offset
;
2334 /* In the section to which the relocations apply, mark whether
2335 its relocations are of the REL or RELA variety. */
2336 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
2338 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
2339 target_sect
->use_rela_p
= 1;
2341 abfd
->flags
|= HAS_RELOC
;
2345 case SHT_GNU_verdef
:
2346 elf_dynverdef (abfd
) = shindex
;
2347 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverdef_hdr
= *hdr
;
2348 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2351 case SHT_GNU_versym
:
2352 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= sizeof (Elf_External_Versym
))
2355 elf_dynversym (abfd
) = shindex
;
2356 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynversym_hdr
= *hdr
;
2357 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2360 case SHT_GNU_verneed
:
2361 elf_dynverref (abfd
) = shindex
;
2362 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverref_hdr
= *hdr
;
2363 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2370 if (! IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (hdr
, GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
))
2373 if (!_bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
2376 if (hdr
->contents
!= NULL
)
2378 Elf_Internal_Group
*idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) hdr
->contents
;
2379 unsigned int n_elt
= hdr
->sh_size
/ sizeof (* idx
);
2384 if (idx
->flags
& GRP_COMDAT
)
2385 hdr
->bfd_section
->flags
2386 |= SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD
;
2388 /* We try to keep the same section order as it comes in. */
2391 while (--n_elt
!= 0)
2395 if (idx
->shdr
!= NULL
2396 && (s
= idx
->shdr
->bfd_section
) != NULL
2397 && elf_next_in_group (s
) != NULL
)
2399 elf_next_in_group (hdr
->bfd_section
) = s
;
2407 /* Possibly an attributes section. */
2408 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GNU_ATTRIBUTES
2409 || hdr
->sh_type
== bed
->obj_attrs_section_type
)
2411 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
2413 _bfd_elf_parse_attributes (abfd
, hdr
);
2417 /* Check for any processor-specific section types. */
2418 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
2421 if (hdr
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOUSER
&& hdr
->sh_type
<= SHT_HIUSER
)
2423 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
2424 /* FIXME: How to properly handle allocated section reserved
2425 for applications? */
2426 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2427 (_("%B: don't know how to handle allocated, application "
2428 "specific section `%s' [0x%8x]"),
2429 abfd
, name
, hdr
->sh_type
);
2432 /* Allow sections reserved for applications. */
2433 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2438 else if (hdr
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOPROC
2439 && hdr
->sh_type
<= SHT_HIPROC
)
2440 /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */
2441 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2442 (_("%B: don't know how to handle processor specific section "
2444 abfd
, name
, hdr
->sh_type
);
2445 else if (hdr
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOOS
&& hdr
->sh_type
<= SHT_HIOS
)
2447 /* Unrecognised OS-specific sections. */
2448 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING
) != 0)
2449 /* SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING indicates that special knowledge is
2450 required to correctly process the section and the file should
2451 be rejected with an error message. */
2452 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2453 (_("%B: don't know how to handle OS specific section "
2455 abfd
, name
, hdr
->sh_type
);
2458 /* Otherwise it should be processed. */
2459 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2464 /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */
2465 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2466 (_("%B: don't know how to handle section `%s' [0x%8x]"),
2467 abfd
, name
, hdr
->sh_type
);
2475 if (sections_being_created
&& sections_being_created_abfd
== abfd
)
2476 sections_being_created
[shindex
] = FALSE
;
2477 if (-- nesting
== 0)
2479 sections_being_created
= NULL
;
2480 sections_being_created_abfd
= abfd
;
2485 /* Return the local symbol specified by ABFD, R_SYMNDX. */
2488 bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (struct sym_cache
*cache
,
2490 unsigned long r_symndx
)
2492 unsigned int ent
= r_symndx
% LOCAL_SYM_CACHE_SIZE
;
2494 if (cache
->abfd
!= abfd
|| cache
->indx
[ent
] != r_symndx
)
2496 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
2497 unsigned char esym
[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym
)];
2498 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx
;
2500 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
2501 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, 1, r_symndx
,
2502 &cache
->sym
[ent
], esym
, &eshndx
) == NULL
)
2505 if (cache
->abfd
!= abfd
)
2507 memset (cache
->indx
, -1, sizeof (cache
->indx
));
2510 cache
->indx
[ent
] = r_symndx
;
2513 return &cache
->sym
[ent
];
2516 /* Given an ELF section number, retrieve the corresponding BFD
2520 bfd_section_from_elf_index (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int sec_index
)
2522 if (sec_index
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
2524 return elf_elfsections (abfd
)[sec_index
]->bfd_section
;
2527 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_b
[] =
2529 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".bss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2530 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2533 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_c
[] =
2535 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".comment"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2536 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2539 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_d
[] =
2541 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".data"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2542 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".data1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2543 /* There are more DWARF sections than these, but they needn't be added here
2544 unless you have to cope with broken compilers that don't emit section
2545 attributes or you want to help the user writing assembler. */
2546 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2547 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2548 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_info"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2549 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_abbrev"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2550 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_aranges"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2551 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynamic"), 0, SHT_DYNAMIC
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2552 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynstr"), 0, SHT_STRTAB
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2553 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynsym"), 0, SHT_DYNSYM
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2554 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2557 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_f
[] =
2559 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".fini"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2560 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".fini_array"), 0, SHT_FINI_ARRAY
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2561 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2564 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_g
[] =
2566 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.linkonce.b"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2567 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.lto_"), -1, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_EXCLUDE
},
2568 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".got"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2569 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version"), 0, SHT_GNU_versym
, 0 },
2570 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version_d"), 0, SHT_GNU_verdef
, 0 },
2571 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version_r"), 0, SHT_GNU_verneed
, 0 },
2572 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.liblist"), 0, SHT_GNU_LIBLIST
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2573 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.conflict"), 0, SHT_RELA
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2574 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.hash"), 0, SHT_GNU_HASH
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2575 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2578 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_h
[] =
2580 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".hash"), 0, SHT_HASH
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2581 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2584 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_i
[] =
2586 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".init"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2587 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".init_array"), 0, SHT_INIT_ARRAY
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2588 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".interp"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2589 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2592 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_l
[] =
2594 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2595 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2598 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_n
[] =
2600 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".note.GNU-stack"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2601 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".note"), -1, SHT_NOTE
, 0 },
2602 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2605 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_p
[] =
2607 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".preinit_array"), 0, SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2608 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2609 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2612 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_r
[] =
2614 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rodata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2615 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rodata1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2616 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rela"), -1, SHT_RELA
, 0 },
2617 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rel"), -1, SHT_REL
, 0 },
2618 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2621 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_s
[] =
2623 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".shstrtab"), 0, SHT_STRTAB
, 0 },
2624 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".strtab"), 0, SHT_STRTAB
, 0 },
2625 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".symtab"), 0, SHT_SYMTAB
, 0 },
2626 /* See struct bfd_elf_special_section declaration for the semantics of
2627 this special case where .prefix_length != strlen (.prefix). */
2628 { ".stabstr", 5, 3, SHT_STRTAB
, 0 },
2629 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2632 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_t
[] =
2634 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".text"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2635 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_TLS
},
2636 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_TLS
},
2637 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2640 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_z
[] =
2642 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2643 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_info"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2644 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_abbrev"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2645 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_aranges"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2646 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2649 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section
* const special_sections
[] =
2651 special_sections_b
, /* 'b' */
2652 special_sections_c
, /* 'c' */
2653 special_sections_d
, /* 'd' */
2655 special_sections_f
, /* 'f' */
2656 special_sections_g
, /* 'g' */
2657 special_sections_h
, /* 'h' */
2658 special_sections_i
, /* 'i' */
2661 special_sections_l
, /* 'l' */
2663 special_sections_n
, /* 'n' */
2665 special_sections_p
, /* 'p' */
2667 special_sections_r
, /* 'r' */
2668 special_sections_s
, /* 's' */
2669 special_sections_t
, /* 't' */
2675 special_sections_z
/* 'z' */
2678 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*
2679 _bfd_elf_get_special_section (const char *name
,
2680 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*spec
,
2686 len
= strlen (name
);
2688 for (i
= 0; spec
[i
].prefix
!= NULL
; i
++)
2691 int prefix_len
= spec
[i
].prefix_length
;
2693 if (len
< prefix_len
)
2695 if (memcmp (name
, spec
[i
].prefix
, prefix_len
) != 0)
2698 suffix_len
= spec
[i
].suffix_length
;
2699 if (suffix_len
<= 0)
2701 if (name
[prefix_len
] != 0)
2703 if (suffix_len
== 0)
2705 if (name
[prefix_len
] != '.'
2706 && (suffix_len
== -2
2707 || (rela
&& spec
[i
].type
== SHT_REL
)))
2713 if (len
< prefix_len
+ suffix_len
)
2715 if (memcmp (name
+ len
- suffix_len
,
2716 spec
[i
].prefix
+ prefix_len
,
2726 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*
2727 _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
2730 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*spec
;
2731 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2733 /* See if this is one of the special sections. */
2734 if (sec
->name
== NULL
)
2737 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2738 spec
= bed
->special_sections
;
2741 spec
= _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec
->name
,
2742 bed
->special_sections
,
2748 if (sec
->name
[0] != '.')
2751 i
= sec
->name
[1] - 'b';
2752 if (i
< 0 || i
> 'z' - 'b')
2755 spec
= special_sections
[i
];
2760 return _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec
->name
, spec
, sec
->use_rela_p
);
2764 _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
2766 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*sdata
;
2767 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2768 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*ssect
;
2770 sdata
= (struct bfd_elf_section_data
*) sec
->used_by_bfd
;
2773 sdata
= (struct bfd_elf_section_data
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
,
2777 sec
->used_by_bfd
= sdata
;
2780 /* Indicate whether or not this section should use RELA relocations. */
2781 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2782 sec
->use_rela_p
= bed
->default_use_rela_p
;
2784 /* When we read a file, we don't need to set ELF section type and
2785 flags. They will be overridden in _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr
2786 anyway. We will set ELF section type and flags for all linker
2787 created sections. If user specifies BFD section flags, we will
2788 set ELF section type and flags based on BFD section flags in
2789 elf_fake_sections. Special handling for .init_array/.fini_array
2790 output sections since they may contain .ctors/.dtors input
2791 sections. We don't want _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data to
2792 copy ELF section type from .ctors/.dtors input sections. */
2793 if (abfd
->direction
!= read_direction
2794 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0)
2796 ssect
= (*bed
->get_sec_type_attr
) (abfd
, sec
);
2799 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0
2800 || ssect
->type
== SHT_INIT_ARRAY
2801 || ssect
->type
== SHT_FINI_ARRAY
))
2803 elf_section_type (sec
) = ssect
->type
;
2804 elf_section_flags (sec
) = ssect
->attr
;
2808 return _bfd_generic_new_section_hook (abfd
, sec
);
2811 /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF program header.
2813 Since program segments have no names, we generate a synthetic name
2814 of the form segment<NUM>, where NUM is generally the index in the
2815 program header table. For segments that are split (see below) we
2816 generate the names segment<NUM>a and segment<NUM>b.
2818 Note that some program segments may have a file size that is different than
2819 (less than) the memory size. All this means is that at execution the
2820 system must allocate the amount of memory specified by the memory size,
2821 but only initialize it with the first "file size" bytes read from the
2822 file. This would occur for example, with program segments consisting
2823 of combined data+bss.
2825 To handle the above situation, this routine generates TWO bfd sections
2826 for the single program segment. The first has the length specified by
2827 the file size of the segment, and the second has the length specified
2828 by the difference between the two sizes. In effect, the segment is split
2829 into its initialized and uninitialized parts.
2834 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (bfd
*abfd
,
2835 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*hdr
,
2837 const char *type_name
)
2845 split
= ((hdr
->p_memsz
> 0)
2846 && (hdr
->p_filesz
> 0)
2847 && (hdr
->p_memsz
> hdr
->p_filesz
));
2849 if (hdr
->p_filesz
> 0)
2851 sprintf (namebuf
, "%s%d%s", type_name
, hdr_index
, split
? "a" : "");
2852 len
= strlen (namebuf
) + 1;
2853 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
2856 memcpy (name
, namebuf
, len
);
2857 newsect
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, name
);
2858 if (newsect
== NULL
)
2860 newsect
->vma
= hdr
->p_vaddr
;
2861 newsect
->lma
= hdr
->p_paddr
;
2862 newsect
->size
= hdr
->p_filesz
;
2863 newsect
->filepos
= hdr
->p_offset
;
2864 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
2865 newsect
->alignment_power
= bfd_log2 (hdr
->p_align
);
2866 if (hdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
2868 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_ALLOC
;
2869 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_LOAD
;
2870 if (hdr
->p_flags
& PF_X
)
2872 /* FIXME: all we known is that it has execute PERMISSION,
2874 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_CODE
;
2877 if (!(hdr
->p_flags
& PF_W
))
2879 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
2883 if (hdr
->p_memsz
> hdr
->p_filesz
)
2887 sprintf (namebuf
, "%s%d%s", type_name
, hdr_index
, split
? "b" : "");
2888 len
= strlen (namebuf
) + 1;
2889 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
2892 memcpy (name
, namebuf
, len
);
2893 newsect
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, name
);
2894 if (newsect
== NULL
)
2896 newsect
->vma
= hdr
->p_vaddr
+ hdr
->p_filesz
;
2897 newsect
->lma
= hdr
->p_paddr
+ hdr
->p_filesz
;
2898 newsect
->size
= hdr
->p_memsz
- hdr
->p_filesz
;
2899 newsect
->filepos
= hdr
->p_offset
+ hdr
->p_filesz
;
2900 align
= newsect
->vma
& -newsect
->vma
;
2901 if (align
== 0 || align
> hdr
->p_align
)
2902 align
= hdr
->p_align
;
2903 newsect
->alignment_power
= bfd_log2 (align
);
2904 if (hdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
2906 /* Hack for gdb. Segments that have not been modified do
2907 not have their contents written to a core file, on the
2908 assumption that a debugger can find the contents in the
2909 executable. We flag this case by setting the fake
2910 section size to zero. Note that "real" bss sections will
2911 always have their contents dumped to the core file. */
2912 if (bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
)
2914 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_ALLOC
;
2915 if (hdr
->p_flags
& PF_X
)
2916 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_CODE
;
2918 if (!(hdr
->p_flags
& PF_W
))
2919 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
2926 bfd_section_from_phdr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Phdr
*hdr
, int hdr_index
)
2928 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2930 switch (hdr
->p_type
)
2933 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "null");
2936 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "load");
2939 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "dynamic");
2942 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "interp");
2945 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "note"))
2947 if (! elf_read_notes (abfd
, hdr
->p_offset
, hdr
->p_filesz
))
2952 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "shlib");
2955 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "phdr");
2957 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
:
2958 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
,
2962 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "stack");
2965 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "relro");
2968 /* Check for any processor-specific program segment types. */
2969 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2970 return bed
->elf_backend_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "proc");
2974 /* Return the REL_HDR for SEC, assuming there is only a single one, either
2978 _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (asection
*sec
)
2980 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->rel
.hdr
)
2982 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (sec
)->rela
.hdr
== NULL
);
2983 return elf_section_data (sec
)->rel
.hdr
;
2986 return elf_section_data (sec
)->rela
.hdr
;
2990 _bfd_elf_set_reloc_sh_name (bfd
*abfd
,
2991 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
,
2992 const char *sec_name
,
2993 bfd_boolean use_rela_p
)
2995 char *name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
,
2996 sizeof ".rela" + strlen (sec_name
));
3000 sprintf (name
, "%s%s", use_rela_p
? ".rela" : ".rel", sec_name
);
3002 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), name
,
3004 if (rel_hdr
->sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
3010 /* Allocate and initialize a section-header for a new reloc section,
3011 containing relocations against ASECT. It is stored in RELDATA. If
3012 USE_RELA_P is TRUE, we use RELA relocations; otherwise, we use REL
3016 _bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (bfd
*abfd
,
3017 struct bfd_elf_section_reloc_data
*reldata
,
3018 const char *sec_name
,
3019 bfd_boolean use_rela_p
,
3020 bfd_boolean delay_st_name_p
)
3022 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
3023 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3026 amt
= sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
);
3027 BFD_ASSERT (reldata
->hdr
== NULL
);
3028 rel_hdr
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
3029 reldata
->hdr
= rel_hdr
;
3031 if (delay_st_name_p
)
3032 rel_hdr
->sh_name
= (unsigned int) -1;
3033 else if (!_bfd_elf_set_reloc_sh_name (abfd
, rel_hdr
, sec_name
,
3036 rel_hdr
->sh_type
= use_rela_p
? SHT_RELA
: SHT_REL
;
3037 rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
= (use_rela_p
3038 ? bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
3039 : bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
);
3040 rel_hdr
->sh_addralign
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
3041 rel_hdr
->sh_flags
= 0;
3042 rel_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
3043 rel_hdr
->sh_size
= 0;
3044 rel_hdr
->sh_offset
= 0;
3049 /* Return the default section type based on the passed in section flags. */
3052 bfd_elf_get_default_section_type (flagword flags
)
3054 if ((flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
3055 && (flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
)) == 0)
3057 return SHT_PROGBITS
;
3060 struct fake_section_arg
3062 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
;
3066 /* Set up an ELF internal section header for a section. */
3069 elf_fake_sections (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*asect
, void *fsarg
)
3071 struct fake_section_arg
*arg
= (struct fake_section_arg
*)fsarg
;
3072 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3073 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esd
= elf_section_data (asect
);
3074 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
3075 unsigned int sh_type
;
3076 const char *name
= asect
->name
;
3077 bfd_boolean delay_st_name_p
= FALSE
;
3081 /* We already failed; just get out of the bfd_map_over_sections
3086 this_hdr
= &esd
->this_hdr
;
3090 /* ld: compress DWARF debug sections with names: .debug_*. */
3091 if ((arg
->link_info
->compress_debug
& COMPRESS_DEBUG
)
3092 && (asect
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
)
3096 /* Set SEC_ELF_COMPRESS to indicate this section should be
3098 asect
->flags
|= SEC_ELF_COMPRESS
;
3100 /* If this section will be compressed, delay adding setion
3101 name to section name section after it is compressed in
3102 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load. */
3103 delay_st_name_p
= TRUE
;
3106 else if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_ELF_RENAME
))
3108 /* objcopy: rename output DWARF debug section. */
3109 if ((abfd
->flags
& (BFD_DECOMPRESS
| BFD_COMPRESS_GABI
)))
3111 /* When we decompress or compress with SHF_COMPRESSED,
3112 convert section name from .zdebug_* to .debug_* if
3116 char *new_name
= convert_zdebug_to_debug (abfd
, name
);
3117 if (new_name
== NULL
)
3125 else if (asect
->compress_status
== COMPRESS_SECTION_DONE
)
3127 /* PR binutils/18087: Compression does not always make a
3128 section smaller. So only rename the section when
3129 compression has actually taken place. If input section
3130 name is .zdebug_*, we should never compress it again. */
3131 char *new_name
= convert_debug_to_zdebug (abfd
, name
);
3132 if (new_name
== NULL
)
3137 BFD_ASSERT (name
[1] != 'z');
3142 if (delay_st_name_p
)
3143 this_hdr
->sh_name
= (unsigned int) -1;
3147 = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
3149 if (this_hdr
->sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
3156 /* Don't clear sh_flags. Assembler may set additional bits. */
3158 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
3159 || asect
->user_set_vma
)
3160 this_hdr
->sh_addr
= asect
->vma
;
3162 this_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
3164 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= 0;
3165 this_hdr
->sh_size
= asect
->size
;
3166 this_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
3167 /* PR 17512: file: 0eb809fe, 8b0535ee. */
3168 if (asect
->alignment_power
>= (sizeof (bfd_vma
) * 8) - 1)
3170 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
3171 (_("%B: error: Alignment power %d of section `%A' is too big"),
3172 abfd
, asect
, asect
->alignment_power
);
3176 this_hdr
->sh_addralign
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << asect
->alignment_power
;
3177 /* The sh_entsize and sh_info fields may have been set already by
3178 copy_private_section_data. */
3180 this_hdr
->bfd_section
= asect
;
3181 this_hdr
->contents
= NULL
;
3183 /* If the section type is unspecified, we set it based on
3185 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0)
3186 sh_type
= SHT_GROUP
;
3188 sh_type
= bfd_elf_get_default_section_type (asect
->flags
);
3190 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NULL
)
3191 this_hdr
->sh_type
= sh_type
;
3192 else if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
3193 && sh_type
== SHT_PROGBITS
3194 && (asect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
3196 /* Warn if we are changing a NOBITS section to PROGBITS, but
3197 allow the link to proceed. This can happen when users link
3198 non-bss input sections to bss output sections, or emit data
3199 to a bss output section via a linker script. */
3200 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
3201 (_("warning: section `%A' type changed to PROGBITS"), asect
);
3202 this_hdr
->sh_type
= sh_type
;
3205 switch (this_hdr
->sh_type
)
3211 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY
:
3212 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY
:
3213 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
:
3220 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_hash_entry
;
3224 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
3228 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
3232 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->may_use_rela_p
)
3233 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
;
3237 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->may_use_rel_p
)
3238 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
;
3241 case SHT_GNU_versym
:
3242 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf_External_Versym
);
3245 case SHT_GNU_verdef
:
3246 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
3247 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
3248 cverdefs. The linker will set cverdefs, but sh_info will be
3250 if (this_hdr
->sh_info
== 0)
3251 this_hdr
->sh_info
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
;
3253 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
== 0
3254 || this_hdr
->sh_info
== elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
);
3257 case SHT_GNU_verneed
:
3258 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
3259 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
3260 cverrefs. The linker will set cverrefs, but sh_info will be
3262 if (this_hdr
->sh_info
== 0)
3263 this_hdr
->sh_info
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
;
3265 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
== 0
3266 || this_hdr
->sh_info
== elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
);
3270 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
;
3274 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->arch_size
== 64 ? 0 : 4;
3278 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
3279 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
;
3280 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
3281 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_WRITE
;
3282 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
3283 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_EXECINSTR
;
3284 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
) != 0)
3286 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MERGE
;
3287 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= asect
->entsize
;
3289 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_STRINGS
) != 0)
3290 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_STRINGS
;
3291 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) == 0 && elf_group_name (asect
) != NULL
)
3292 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_GROUP
;
3293 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
3295 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_TLS
;
3296 if (asect
->size
== 0
3297 && (asect
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0)
3299 struct bfd_link_order
*o
= asect
->map_tail
.link_order
;
3301 this_hdr
->sh_size
= 0;
3304 this_hdr
->sh_size
= o
->offset
+ o
->size
;
3305 if (this_hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
3306 this_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_NOBITS
;
3310 if ((asect
->flags
& (SEC_GROUP
| SEC_EXCLUDE
)) == SEC_EXCLUDE
)
3311 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_EXCLUDE
;
3313 /* If the section has relocs, set up a section header for the
3314 SHT_REL[A] section. If two relocation sections are required for
3315 this section, it is up to the processor-specific back-end to
3316 create the other. */
3317 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0)
3319 /* When doing a relocatable link, create both REL and RELA sections if
3322 /* Do the normal setup if we wouldn't create any sections here. */
3323 && esd
->rel
.count
+ esd
->rela
.count
> 0
3324 && (bfd_link_relocatable (arg
->link_info
)
3325 || arg
->link_info
->emitrelocations
))
3327 if (esd
->rel
.count
&& esd
->rel
.hdr
== NULL
3328 && !_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd
, &esd
->rel
, name
, FALSE
,
3334 if (esd
->rela
.count
&& esd
->rela
.hdr
== NULL
3335 && !_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd
, &esd
->rela
, name
, TRUE
,
3342 else if (!_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd
,
3344 ? &esd
->rela
: &esd
->rel
),
3351 /* Check for processor-specific section types. */
3352 sh_type
= this_hdr
->sh_type
;
3353 if (bed
->elf_backend_fake_sections
3354 && !(*bed
->elf_backend_fake_sections
) (abfd
, this_hdr
, asect
))
3357 if (sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
&& asect
->size
!= 0)
3359 /* Don't change the header type from NOBITS if we are being
3360 called for objcopy --only-keep-debug. */
3361 this_hdr
->sh_type
= sh_type
;
3365 /* Fill in the contents of a SHT_GROUP section. Called from
3366 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions for gas, objcopy, and
3367 when ELF targets use the generic linker, ld. Called for ld -r
3368 from bfd_elf_final_link. */
3371 bfd_elf_set_group_contents (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
, void *failedptrarg
)
3373 bfd_boolean
*failedptr
= (bfd_boolean
*) failedptrarg
;
3374 asection
*elt
, *first
;
3378 /* Ignore linker created group section. See elfNN_ia64_object_p in
3380 if (((sec
->flags
& (SEC_GROUP
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
)) != SEC_GROUP
)
3384 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
== 0)
3386 unsigned long symindx
= 0;
3388 /* elf_group_id will have been set up by objcopy and the
3390 if (elf_group_id (sec
) != NULL
)
3391 symindx
= elf_group_id (sec
)->udata
.i
;
3395 /* If called from the assembler, swap_out_syms will have set up
3396 elf_section_syms. */
3397 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_syms (abfd
) != NULL
);
3398 symindx
= elf_section_syms (abfd
)[sec
->index
]->udata
.i
;
3400 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
= symindx
;
3402 else if (elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
== (unsigned int) -2)
3404 /* The ELF backend linker sets sh_info to -2 when the group
3405 signature symbol is global, and thus the index can't be
3406 set until all local symbols are output. */
3407 asection
*igroup
= elf_sec_group (elf_next_in_group (sec
));
3408 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*sec_data
= elf_section_data (igroup
);
3409 unsigned long symndx
= sec_data
->this_hdr
.sh_info
;
3410 unsigned long extsymoff
= 0;
3411 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
3413 if (!elf_bad_symtab (igroup
->owner
))
3415 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
3417 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (igroup
->owner
)->symtab_hdr
;
3418 extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
3420 h
= elf_sym_hashes (igroup
->owner
)[symndx
- extsymoff
];
3421 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
3422 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
3423 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
3425 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
= h
->indx
;
3428 /* The contents won't be allocated for "ld -r" or objcopy. */
3430 if (sec
->contents
== NULL
)
3433 sec
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sec
->size
);
3435 /* Arrange for the section to be written out. */
3436 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= sec
->contents
;
3437 if (sec
->contents
== NULL
)
3444 loc
= sec
->contents
+ sec
->size
;
3446 /* Get the pointer to the first section in the group that gas
3447 squirreled away here. objcopy arranges for this to be set to the
3448 start of the input section group. */
3449 first
= elt
= elf_next_in_group (sec
);
3451 /* First element is a flag word. Rest of section is elf section
3452 indices for all the sections of the group. Write them backwards
3453 just to keep the group in the same order as given in .section
3454 directives, not that it matters. */
3461 s
= s
->output_section
;
3463 && !bfd_is_abs_section (s
))
3465 unsigned int idx
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3468 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, idx
, loc
);
3470 elt
= elf_next_in_group (elt
);
3475 if ((loc
-= 4) != sec
->contents
)
3478 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, sec
->flags
& SEC_LINK_ONCE
? GRP_COMDAT
: 0, loc
);
3481 /* Return the section which RELOC_SEC applies to. */
3484 _bfd_elf_get_reloc_section (asection
*reloc_sec
)
3490 if (reloc_sec
== NULL
)
3493 type
= elf_section_data (reloc_sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
;
3494 if (type
!= SHT_REL
&& type
!= SHT_RELA
)
3497 /* We look up the section the relocs apply to by name. */
3498 name
= reloc_sec
->name
;
3499 if (type
== SHT_REL
)
3504 /* If a target needs .got.plt section, relocations in rela.plt/rel.plt
3505 section apply to .got.plt section. */
3506 abfd
= reloc_sec
->owner
;
3507 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->want_got_plt
3508 && strcmp (name
, ".plt") == 0)
3510 /* .got.plt is a linker created input section. It may be mapped
3511 to some other output section. Try two likely sections. */
3513 reloc_sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
);
3514 if (reloc_sec
!= NULL
)
3519 reloc_sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
);
3523 /* Assign all ELF section numbers. The dummy first section is handled here
3524 too. The link/info pointers for the standard section types are filled
3525 in here too, while we're at it. */
3528 assign_section_numbers (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
3530 struct elf_obj_tdata
*t
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
3532 unsigned int section_number
;
3533 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
3534 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*d
;
3535 bfd_boolean need_symtab
;
3539 _bfd_elf_strtab_clear_all_refs (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
3541 /* SHT_GROUP sections are in relocatable files only. */
3542 if (link_info
== NULL
|| bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
))
3544 bfd_size_type reloc_count
= 0;
3546 /* Put SHT_GROUP sections first. */
3547 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
3549 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
3551 if (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
)
3553 if (sec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
)
3555 /* Remove the linker created SHT_GROUP sections. */
3556 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd
, sec
);
3557 abfd
->section_count
--;
3560 d
->this_idx
= section_number
++;
3563 /* Count relocations. */
3564 reloc_count
+= sec
->reloc_count
;
3567 /* Clear HAS_RELOC if there are no relocations. */
3568 if (reloc_count
== 0)
3569 abfd
->flags
&= ~HAS_RELOC
;
3572 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
; sec
= sec
->next
)
3574 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
3576 if (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
!= SHT_GROUP
)
3577 d
->this_idx
= section_number
++;
3578 if (d
->this_hdr
.sh_name
!= (unsigned int) -1)
3579 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), d
->this_hdr
.sh_name
);
3582 d
->rel
.idx
= section_number
++;
3583 if (d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_name
!= (unsigned int) -1)
3584 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_name
);
3591 d
->rela
.idx
= section_number
++;
3592 if (d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_name
!= (unsigned int) -1)
3593 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_name
);
3599 elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
) = section_number
++;
3600 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), t
->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_name
);
3601 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shstrndx
= elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
);
3603 need_symtab
= (bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) > 0
3604 || (link_info
== NULL
3605 && ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
| HAS_RELOC
))
3609 elf_onesymtab (abfd
) = section_number
++;
3610 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), t
->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
);
3611 if (section_number
> ((SHN_LORESERVE
- 2) & 0xFFFF))
3613 elf_section_list
* entry
;
3615 BFD_ASSERT (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) == NULL
);
3617 entry
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof * entry
);
3618 entry
->ndx
= section_number
++;
3619 elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) = entry
;
3621 = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
3622 ".symtab_shndx", FALSE
);
3623 if (entry
->hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
3626 elf_strtab_sec (abfd
) = section_number
++;
3627 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), t
->strtab_hdr
.sh_name
);
3630 if (section_number
>= SHN_LORESERVE
)
3632 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: too many sections: %u"),
3633 abfd
, section_number
);
3637 elf_numsections (abfd
) = section_number
;
3638 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shnum
= section_number
;
3640 /* Set up the list of section header pointers, in agreement with the
3642 i_shdrp
= (Elf_Internal_Shdr
**) bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, section_number
,
3643 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*));
3644 if (i_shdrp
== NULL
)
3647 i_shdrp
[0] = (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
,
3648 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
));
3649 if (i_shdrp
[0] == NULL
)
3651 bfd_release (abfd
, i_shdrp
);
3655 elf_elfsections (abfd
) = i_shdrp
;
3657 i_shdrp
[elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
)] = &t
->shstrtab_hdr
;
3660 i_shdrp
[elf_onesymtab (abfd
)] = &t
->symtab_hdr
;
3661 if (elf_numsections (abfd
) > (SHN_LORESERVE
& 0xFFFF))
3663 elf_section_list
* entry
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
);
3664 BFD_ASSERT (entry
!= NULL
);
3665 i_shdrp
[entry
->ndx
] = & entry
->hdr
;
3666 entry
->hdr
.sh_link
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
3668 i_shdrp
[elf_strtab_sec (abfd
)] = &t
->strtab_hdr
;
3669 t
->symtab_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_strtab_sec (abfd
);
3672 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
; sec
= sec
->next
)
3676 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
3678 i_shdrp
[d
->this_idx
] = &d
->this_hdr
;
3679 if (d
->rel
.idx
!= 0)
3680 i_shdrp
[d
->rel
.idx
] = d
->rel
.hdr
;
3681 if (d
->rela
.idx
!= 0)
3682 i_shdrp
[d
->rela
.idx
] = d
->rela
.hdr
;
3684 /* Fill in the sh_link and sh_info fields while we're at it. */
3686 /* sh_link of a reloc section is the section index of the symbol
3687 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to which
3688 the relocation entries apply. */
3689 if (d
->rel
.idx
!= 0)
3691 d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_link
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
3692 d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_info
= d
->this_idx
;
3693 d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_INFO_LINK
;
3695 if (d
->rela
.idx
!= 0)
3697 d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_link
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
3698 d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_info
= d
->this_idx
;
3699 d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_INFO_LINK
;
3702 /* We need to set up sh_link for SHF_LINK_ORDER. */
3703 if ((d
->this_hdr
.sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
) != 0)
3705 s
= elf_linked_to_section (sec
);
3708 /* elf_linked_to_section points to the input section. */
3709 if (link_info
!= NULL
)
3711 /* Check discarded linkonce section. */
3712 if (discarded_section (s
))
3715 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
3716 (_("%B: sh_link of section `%A' points to discarded section `%A' of `%B'"),
3717 abfd
, d
->this_hdr
.bfd_section
,
3719 /* Point to the kept section if it has the same
3720 size as the discarded one. */
3721 kept
= _bfd_elf_check_kept_section (s
, link_info
);
3724 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3730 s
= s
->output_section
;
3731 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
3735 /* Handle objcopy. */
3736 if (s
->output_section
== NULL
)
3738 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
3739 (_("%B: sh_link of section `%A' points to removed section `%A' of `%B'"),
3740 abfd
, d
->this_hdr
.bfd_section
, s
, s
->owner
);
3741 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3744 s
= s
->output_section
;
3746 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3751 The Intel C compiler generates SHT_IA_64_UNWIND with
3752 SHF_LINK_ORDER. But it doesn't set the sh_link or
3753 sh_info fields. Hence we could get the situation
3755 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
3756 = get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3757 if (bed
->link_order_error_handler
)
3758 bed
->link_order_error_handler
3759 (_("%B: warning: sh_link not set for section `%A'"),
3764 switch (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
)
3768 /* A reloc section which we are treating as a normal BFD
3769 section. sh_link is the section index of the symbol
3770 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to
3771 which the relocation entries apply. We assume that an
3772 allocated reloc section uses the dynamic symbol table.
3773 FIXME: How can we be sure? */
3774 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
3776 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3778 s
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->get_reloc_section (sec
);
3781 d
->this_hdr
.sh_info
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3782 d
->this_hdr
.sh_flags
|= SHF_INFO_LINK
;
3787 /* We assume that a section named .stab*str is a stabs
3788 string section. We look for a section with the same name
3789 but without the trailing ``str'', and set its sh_link
3790 field to point to this section. */
3791 if (CONST_STRNEQ (sec
->name
, ".stab")
3792 && strcmp (sec
->name
+ strlen (sec
->name
) - 3, "str") == 0)
3797 len
= strlen (sec
->name
);
3798 alc
= (char *) bfd_malloc (len
- 2);
3801 memcpy (alc
, sec
->name
, len
- 3);
3802 alc
[len
- 3] = '\0';
3803 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, alc
);
3807 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_link
= d
->this_idx
;
3809 /* This is a .stab section. */
3810 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
== 0)
3811 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
3812 = 4 + 2 * bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 8;
3819 case SHT_GNU_verneed
:
3820 case SHT_GNU_verdef
:
3821 /* sh_link is the section header index of the string table
3822 used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or the
3824 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynstr");
3826 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3829 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST
:
3830 /* sh_link is the section header index of the prelink library
3831 list used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or
3832 the version strings. */
3833 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
)
3834 ? ".dynstr" : ".gnu.libstr");
3836 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3841 case SHT_GNU_versym
:
3842 /* sh_link is the section header index of the symbol table
3843 this hash table or version table is for. */
3844 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
3846 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3850 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
3854 /* Delay setting sh_name to _bfd_elf_write_object_contents so that
3855 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load can convert DWARF
3856 debug section name from .debug_* to .zdebug_* if needed. */
3862 sym_is_global (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*sym
)
3864 /* If the backend has a special mapping, use it. */
3865 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3866 if (bed
->elf_backend_sym_is_global
)
3867 return (*bed
->elf_backend_sym_is_global
) (abfd
, sym
);
3869 return ((sym
->flags
& (BSF_GLOBAL
| BSF_WEAK
| BSF_GNU_UNIQUE
)) != 0
3870 || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (sym
))
3871 || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_get_section (sym
)));
3874 /* Don't output section symbols for sections that are not going to be
3875 output, that are duplicates or there is no BFD section. */
3878 ignore_section_sym (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*sym
)
3880 elf_symbol_type
*type_ptr
;
3882 if ((sym
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0)
3885 type_ptr
= elf_symbol_from (abfd
, sym
);
3886 return ((type_ptr
!= NULL
3887 && type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
!= 0
3888 && bfd_is_abs_section (sym
->section
))
3889 || !(sym
->section
->owner
== abfd
3890 || (sym
->section
->output_section
->owner
== abfd
3891 && sym
->section
->output_offset
== 0)
3892 || bfd_is_abs_section (sym
->section
)));
3895 /* Map symbol from it's internal number to the external number, moving
3896 all local symbols to be at the head of the list. */
3899 elf_map_symbols (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int *pnum_locals
)
3901 unsigned int symcount
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
3902 asymbol
**syms
= bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd
);
3903 asymbol
**sect_syms
;
3904 unsigned int num_locals
= 0;
3905 unsigned int num_globals
= 0;
3906 unsigned int num_locals2
= 0;
3907 unsigned int num_globals2
= 0;
3908 unsigned int max_index
= 0;
3914 fprintf (stderr
, "elf_map_symbols\n");
3918 for (asect
= abfd
->sections
; asect
; asect
= asect
->next
)
3920 if (max_index
< asect
->index
)
3921 max_index
= asect
->index
;
3925 sect_syms
= (asymbol
**) bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, max_index
, sizeof (asymbol
*));
3926 if (sect_syms
== NULL
)
3928 elf_section_syms (abfd
) = sect_syms
;
3929 elf_num_section_syms (abfd
) = max_index
;
3931 /* Init sect_syms entries for any section symbols we have already
3932 decided to output. */
3933 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
3935 asymbol
*sym
= syms
[idx
];
3937 if ((sym
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0
3939 && !ignore_section_sym (abfd
, sym
)
3940 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sym
->section
))
3942 asection
*sec
= sym
->section
;
3944 if (sec
->owner
!= abfd
)
3945 sec
= sec
->output_section
;
3947 sect_syms
[sec
->index
] = syms
[idx
];
3951 /* Classify all of the symbols. */
3952 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
3954 if (sym_is_global (abfd
, syms
[idx
]))
3956 else if (!ignore_section_sym (abfd
, syms
[idx
]))
3960 /* We will be adding a section symbol for each normal BFD section. Most
3961 sections will already have a section symbol in outsymbols, but
3962 eg. SHT_GROUP sections will not, and we need the section symbol mapped
3963 at least in that case. */
3964 for (asect
= abfd
->sections
; asect
; asect
= asect
->next
)
3966 if (sect_syms
[asect
->index
] == NULL
)
3968 if (!sym_is_global (abfd
, asect
->symbol
))
3975 /* Now sort the symbols so the local symbols are first. */
3976 new_syms
= (asymbol
**) bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, num_locals
+ num_globals
,
3977 sizeof (asymbol
*));
3979 if (new_syms
== NULL
)
3982 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
3984 asymbol
*sym
= syms
[idx
];
3987 if (sym_is_global (abfd
, sym
))
3988 i
= num_locals
+ num_globals2
++;
3989 else if (!ignore_section_sym (abfd
, sym
))
3994 sym
->udata
.i
= i
+ 1;
3996 for (asect
= abfd
->sections
; asect
; asect
= asect
->next
)
3998 if (sect_syms
[asect
->index
] == NULL
)
4000 asymbol
*sym
= asect
->symbol
;
4003 sect_syms
[asect
->index
] = sym
;
4004 if (!sym_is_global (abfd
, sym
))
4007 i
= num_locals
+ num_globals2
++;
4009 sym
->udata
.i
= i
+ 1;
4013 bfd_set_symtab (abfd
, new_syms
, num_locals
+ num_globals
);
4015 *pnum_locals
= num_locals
;
4019 /* Align to the maximum file alignment that could be required for any
4020 ELF data structure. */
4022 static inline file_ptr
4023 align_file_position (file_ptr off
, int align
)
4025 return (off
+ align
- 1) & ~(align
- 1);
4028 /* Assign a file position to a section, optionally aligning to the
4029 required section alignment. */
4032 _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*i_shdrp
,
4036 if (align
&& i_shdrp
->sh_addralign
> 1)
4037 offset
= BFD_ALIGN (offset
, i_shdrp
->sh_addralign
);
4038 i_shdrp
->sh_offset
= offset
;
4039 if (i_shdrp
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
4040 i_shdrp
->bfd_section
->filepos
= offset
;
4041 if (i_shdrp
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
4042 offset
+= i_shdrp
->sh_size
;
4046 /* Compute the file positions we are going to put the sections at, and
4047 otherwise prepare to begin writing out the ELF file. If LINK_INFO
4048 is not NULL, this is being called by the ELF backend linker. */
4051 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (bfd
*abfd
,
4052 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
4054 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4055 struct fake_section_arg fsargs
;
4057 struct elf_strtab_hash
*strtab
= NULL
;
4058 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shstrtab_hdr
;
4059 bfd_boolean need_symtab
;
4061 if (abfd
->output_has_begun
)
4064 /* Do any elf backend specific processing first. */
4065 if (bed
->elf_backend_begin_write_processing
)
4066 (*bed
->elf_backend_begin_write_processing
) (abfd
, link_info
);
4068 if (! prep_headers (abfd
))
4071 /* Post process the headers if necessary. */
4072 (*bed
->elf_backend_post_process_headers
) (abfd
, link_info
);
4074 fsargs
.failed
= FALSE
;
4075 fsargs
.link_info
= link_info
;
4076 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, elf_fake_sections
, &fsargs
);
4080 if (!assign_section_numbers (abfd
, link_info
))
4083 /* The backend linker builds symbol table information itself. */
4084 need_symtab
= (link_info
== NULL
4085 && (bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) > 0
4086 || ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
| HAS_RELOC
))
4090 /* Non-zero if doing a relocatable link. */
4091 int relocatable_p
= ! (abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
));
4093 if (! swap_out_syms (abfd
, &strtab
, relocatable_p
))
4098 if (link_info
== NULL
)
4100 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, bfd_elf_set_group_contents
, &failed
);
4105 shstrtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
;
4106 /* sh_name was set in prep_headers. */
4107 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
4108 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_flags
= bed
->elf_strtab_flags
;
4109 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
4110 /* sh_size is set in _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load. */
4111 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
4112 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
4113 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_info
= 0;
4114 /* sh_offset is set in _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load. */
4115 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1;
4117 if (!assign_file_positions_except_relocs (abfd
, link_info
))
4123 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
4125 off
= elf_next_file_pos (abfd
);
4127 hdr
= & elf_symtab_hdr (abfd
);
4128 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
4130 if (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) != NULL
)
4132 hdr
= & elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
)->hdr
;
4133 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
4134 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
4135 /* FIXME: What about other symtab_shndx sections in the list ? */
4138 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
4139 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
4141 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
4143 /* Now that we know where the .strtab section goes, write it
4145 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
4146 || ! _bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd
, strtab
))
4148 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (strtab
);
4151 abfd
->output_has_begun
= TRUE
;
4156 /* Make an initial estimate of the size of the program header. If we
4157 get the number wrong here, we'll redo section placement. */
4159 static bfd_size_type
4160 get_program_header_size (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4164 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
4166 /* Assume we will need exactly two PT_LOAD segments: one for text
4167 and one for data. */
4170 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".interp");
4171 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
4173 /* If we have a loadable interpreter section, we need a
4174 PT_INTERP segment. In this case, assume we also need a
4175 PT_PHDR segment, although that may not be true for all
4180 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") != NULL
)
4182 /* We need a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
4186 if (info
!= NULL
&& info
->relro
)
4188 /* We need a PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */
4192 if (elf_eh_frame_hdr (abfd
))
4194 /* We need a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME segment. */
4198 if (elf_stack_flags (abfd
))
4200 /* We need a PT_GNU_STACK segment. */
4204 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4206 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
4207 && CONST_STRNEQ (s
->name
, ".note"))
4209 /* We need a PT_NOTE segment. */
4211 /* Try to create just one PT_NOTE segment
4212 for all adjacent loadable .note* sections.
4213 gABI requires that within a PT_NOTE segment
4214 (and also inside of each SHT_NOTE section)
4215 each note is padded to a multiple of 4 size,
4216 so we check whether the sections are correctly
4218 if (s
->alignment_power
== 2)
4219 while (s
->next
!= NULL
4220 && s
->next
->alignment_power
== 2
4221 && (s
->next
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
4222 && CONST_STRNEQ (s
->next
->name
, ".note"))
4227 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4229 if (s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
4231 /* We need a PT_TLS segment. */
4237 /* Let the backend count up any program headers it might need. */
4238 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4239 if (bed
->elf_backend_additional_program_headers
)
4243 a
= (*bed
->elf_backend_additional_program_headers
) (abfd
, info
);
4249 return segs
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4252 /* Find the segment that contains the output_section of section. */
4255 _bfd_elf_find_segment_containing_section (bfd
* abfd
, asection
* section
)
4257 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4258 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
4260 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
), p
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
4266 for (i
= m
->count
- 1; i
>= 0; i
--)
4267 if (m
->sections
[i
] == section
)
4274 /* Create a mapping from a set of sections to a program segment. */
4276 static struct elf_segment_map
*
4277 make_mapping (bfd
*abfd
,
4278 asection
**sections
,
4283 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4288 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4289 amt
+= (to
- from
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
4290 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4294 m
->p_type
= PT_LOAD
;
4295 for (i
= from
, hdrpp
= sections
+ from
; i
< to
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
4296 m
->sections
[i
- from
] = *hdrpp
;
4297 m
->count
= to
- from
;
4299 if (from
== 0 && phdr
)
4301 /* Include the headers in the first PT_LOAD segment. */
4302 m
->includes_filehdr
= 1;
4303 m
->includes_phdrs
= 1;
4309 /* Create the PT_DYNAMIC segment, which includes DYNSEC. Returns NULL
4312 struct elf_segment_map
*
4313 _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*dynsec
)
4315 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4317 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
,
4318 sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
));
4322 m
->p_type
= PT_DYNAMIC
;
4324 m
->sections
[0] = dynsec
;
4329 /* Possibly add or remove segments from the segment map. */
4332 elf_modify_segment_map (bfd
*abfd
,
4333 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4334 bfd_boolean remove_empty_load
)
4336 struct elf_segment_map
**m
;
4337 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
4339 /* The placement algorithm assumes that non allocated sections are
4340 not in PT_LOAD segments. We ensure this here by removing such
4341 sections from the segment map. We also remove excluded
4342 sections. Finally, any PT_LOAD segment without sections is
4344 m
= &elf_seg_map (abfd
);
4347 unsigned int i
, new_count
;
4349 for (new_count
= 0, i
= 0; i
< (*m
)->count
; i
++)
4351 if (((*m
)->sections
[i
]->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0
4352 && (((*m
)->sections
[i
]->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
4353 || (*m
)->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
))
4355 (*m
)->sections
[new_count
] = (*m
)->sections
[i
];
4359 (*m
)->count
= new_count
;
4361 if (remove_empty_load
&& (*m
)->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& (*m
)->count
== 0)
4367 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4368 if (bed
->elf_backend_modify_segment_map
!= NULL
)
4370 if (!(*bed
->elf_backend_modify_segment_map
) (abfd
, info
))
4377 /* Set up a mapping from BFD sections to program segments. */
4380 _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4383 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4384 asection
**sections
= NULL
;
4385 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4386 bfd_boolean no_user_phdrs
;
4388 no_user_phdrs
= elf_seg_map (abfd
) == NULL
;
4391 info
->user_phdrs
= !no_user_phdrs
;
4393 if (no_user_phdrs
&& bfd_count_sections (abfd
) != 0)
4397 struct elf_segment_map
*mfirst
;
4398 struct elf_segment_map
**pm
;
4401 unsigned int phdr_index
;
4402 bfd_vma maxpagesize
;
4404 bfd_boolean phdr_in_segment
= TRUE
;
4405 bfd_boolean writable
;
4407 asection
*first_tls
= NULL
;
4408 asection
*dynsec
, *eh_frame_hdr
;
4410 bfd_vma addr_mask
, wrap_to
= 0;
4412 /* Select the allocated sections, and sort them. */
4414 sections
= (asection
**) bfd_malloc2 (bfd_count_sections (abfd
),
4415 sizeof (asection
*));
4416 if (sections
== NULL
)
4419 /* Calculate top address, avoiding undefined behaviour of shift
4420 left operator when shift count is equal to size of type
4422 addr_mask
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << (bfd_arch_bits_per_address (abfd
) - 1)) - 1;
4423 addr_mask
= (addr_mask
<< 1) + 1;
4426 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4428 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
4432 /* A wrapping section potentially clashes with header. */
4433 if (((s
->lma
+ s
->size
) & addr_mask
) < (s
->lma
& addr_mask
))
4434 wrap_to
= (s
->lma
+ s
->size
) & addr_mask
;
4437 BFD_ASSERT (i
<= bfd_count_sections (abfd
));
4440 qsort (sections
, (size_t) count
, sizeof (asection
*), elf_sort_sections
);
4442 /* Build the mapping. */
4447 /* If we have a .interp section, then create a PT_PHDR segment for
4448 the program headers and a PT_INTERP segment for the .interp
4450 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".interp");
4451 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
4453 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4454 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4458 m
->p_type
= PT_PHDR
;
4459 /* FIXME: UnixWare and Solaris set PF_X, Irix 5 does not. */
4460 m
->p_flags
= PF_R
| PF_X
;
4461 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
4462 m
->includes_phdrs
= 1;
4467 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4468 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4472 m
->p_type
= PT_INTERP
;
4480 /* Look through the sections. We put sections in the same program
4481 segment when the start of the second section can be placed within
4482 a few bytes of the end of the first section. */
4486 maxpagesize
= bed
->maxpagesize
;
4487 /* PR 17512: file: c8455299.
4488 Avoid divide-by-zero errors later on.
4489 FIXME: Should we abort if the maxpagesize is zero ? */
4490 if (maxpagesize
== 0)
4493 dynsec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
4495 && (dynsec
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0)
4498 /* Deal with -Ttext or something similar such that the first section
4499 is not adjacent to the program headers. This is an
4500 approximation, since at this point we don't know exactly how many
4501 program headers we will need. */
4504 bfd_size_type phdr_size
= elf_program_header_size (abfd
);
4506 if (phdr_size
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
4507 phdr_size
= get_program_header_size (abfd
, info
);
4508 phdr_size
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4509 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0
4510 || (sections
[0]->lma
& addr_mask
) < phdr_size
4511 || ((sections
[0]->lma
& addr_mask
) % maxpagesize
4512 < phdr_size
% maxpagesize
)
4513 || (sections
[0]->lma
& addr_mask
& -maxpagesize
) < wrap_to
)
4514 phdr_in_segment
= FALSE
;
4517 for (i
= 0, hdrpp
= sections
; i
< count
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
4520 bfd_boolean new_segment
;
4524 /* See if this section and the last one will fit in the same
4527 if (last_hdr
== NULL
)
4529 /* If we don't have a segment yet, then we don't need a new
4530 one (we build the last one after this loop). */
4531 new_segment
= FALSE
;
4533 else if (last_hdr
->lma
- last_hdr
->vma
!= hdr
->lma
- hdr
->vma
)
4535 /* If this section has a different relation between the
4536 virtual address and the load address, then we need a new
4540 else if (hdr
->lma
< last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
4541 || last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
< last_hdr
->lma
)
4543 /* If this section has a load address that makes it overlap
4544 the previous section, then we need a new segment. */
4547 /* In the next test we have to be careful when last_hdr->lma is close
4548 to the end of the address space. If the aligned address wraps
4549 around to the start of the address space, then there are no more
4550 pages left in memory and it is OK to assume that the current
4551 section can be included in the current segment. */
4552 else if ((BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
, maxpagesize
) + maxpagesize
4554 && (BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
, maxpagesize
) + maxpagesize
4557 /* If putting this section in this segment would force us to
4558 skip a page in the segment, then we need a new segment. */
4561 else if ((last_hdr
->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)) == 0
4562 && (hdr
->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)) != 0
4563 && ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0
4564 || (((last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
- 1) & -maxpagesize
)
4565 != (hdr
->lma
& -maxpagesize
))))
4567 /* We don't want to put a loaded section after a
4568 nonloaded (ie. bss style) section in the same segment
4569 as that will force the non-loaded section to be loaded.
4570 Consider .tbss sections as loaded for this purpose.
4571 However, like the writable/non-writable case below,
4572 if they are on the same page then they must be put
4573 in the same segment. */
4576 else if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0)
4578 /* If the file is not demand paged, which means that we
4579 don't require the sections to be correctly aligned in the
4580 file, then there is no other reason for a new segment. */
4581 new_segment
= FALSE
;
4584 && (hdr
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0
4585 && (((last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
- 1) & -maxpagesize
)
4586 != (hdr
->lma
& -maxpagesize
)))
4588 /* We don't want to put a writable section in a read only
4589 segment, unless they are on the same page in memory
4590 anyhow. We already know that the last section does not
4591 bring us past the current section on the page, so the
4592 only case in which the new section is not on the same
4593 page as the previous section is when the previous section
4594 ends precisely on a page boundary. */
4599 /* Otherwise, we can use the same segment. */
4600 new_segment
= FALSE
;
4603 /* Allow interested parties a chance to override our decision. */
4604 if (last_hdr
!= NULL
4606 && info
->callbacks
->override_segment_assignment
!= NULL
)
4608 = info
->callbacks
->override_segment_assignment (info
, abfd
, hdr
,
4614 if ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
4617 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
4618 if ((hdr
->flags
& (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
| SEC_LOAD
))
4619 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
4620 last_size
= hdr
->size
;
4626 /* We need a new program segment. We must create a new program
4627 header holding all the sections from phdr_index until hdr. */
4629 m
= make_mapping (abfd
, sections
, phdr_index
, i
, phdr_in_segment
);
4636 if ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
4642 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
4643 if ((hdr
->flags
& (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
| SEC_LOAD
)) != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
4644 last_size
= hdr
->size
;
4648 phdr_in_segment
= FALSE
;
4651 /* Create a final PT_LOAD program segment, but not if it's just
4653 if (last_hdr
!= NULL
4654 && (i
- phdr_index
!= 1
4655 || ((last_hdr
->flags
& (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
| SEC_LOAD
))
4656 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)))
4658 m
= make_mapping (abfd
, sections
, phdr_index
, i
, phdr_in_segment
);
4666 /* If there is a .dynamic section, throw in a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
4669 m
= _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (abfd
, dynsec
);
4676 /* For each batch of consecutive loadable .note sections,
4677 add a PT_NOTE segment. We don't use bfd_get_section_by_name,
4678 because if we link together nonloadable .note sections and
4679 loadable .note sections, we will generate two .note sections
4680 in the output file. FIXME: Using names for section types is
4682 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4684 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
4685 && CONST_STRNEQ (s
->name
, ".note"))
4690 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4691 if (s
->alignment_power
== 2)
4692 for (s2
= s
; s2
->next
!= NULL
; s2
= s2
->next
)
4694 if (s2
->next
->alignment_power
== 2
4695 && (s2
->next
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
4696 && CONST_STRNEQ (s2
->next
->name
, ".note")
4697 && align_power (s2
->lma
+ s2
->size
, 2)
4703 amt
+= (count
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
4704 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4708 m
->p_type
= PT_NOTE
;
4712 m
->sections
[m
->count
- count
--] = s
;
4713 BFD_ASSERT ((s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) == 0);
4716 m
->sections
[m
->count
- 1] = s
;
4717 BFD_ASSERT ((s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) == 0);
4721 if (s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
4729 /* If there are any SHF_TLS output sections, add PT_TLS segment. */
4732 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4733 amt
+= (tls_count
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
4734 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4739 m
->count
= tls_count
;
4740 /* Mandated PF_R. */
4742 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
4744 for (i
= 0; i
< (unsigned int) tls_count
; ++i
)
4746 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) == 0)
4749 (_("%B: TLS sections are not adjacent:"), abfd
);
4752 while (i
< (unsigned int) tls_count
)
4754 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
4756 _bfd_error_handler (_(" TLS: %A"), s
);
4760 _bfd_error_handler (_(" non-TLS: %A"), s
);
4763 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4774 /* If there is a .eh_frame_hdr section, throw in a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
4776 eh_frame_hdr
= elf_eh_frame_hdr (abfd
);
4777 if (eh_frame_hdr
!= NULL
4778 && (eh_frame_hdr
->output_section
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
4780 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4781 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4785 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
;
4787 m
->sections
[0] = eh_frame_hdr
->output_section
;
4793 if (elf_stack_flags (abfd
))
4795 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4796 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4800 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_STACK
;
4801 m
->p_flags
= elf_stack_flags (abfd
);
4802 m
->p_align
= bed
->stack_align
;
4803 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
4804 m
->p_align_valid
= m
->p_align
!= 0;
4805 if (info
->stacksize
> 0)
4807 m
->p_size
= info
->stacksize
;
4808 m
->p_size_valid
= 1;
4815 if (info
!= NULL
&& info
->relro
)
4817 for (m
= mfirst
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
4819 if (m
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4821 && m
->sections
[0]->vma
>= info
->relro_start
4822 && m
->sections
[0]->vma
< info
->relro_end
)
4825 while (--i
!= (unsigned) -1)
4826 if ((m
->sections
[i
]->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
))
4827 == (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
))
4830 if (i
!= (unsigned) -1)
4835 /* Make a PT_GNU_RELRO segment only when it isn't empty. */
4838 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4839 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4843 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_RELRO
;
4850 elf_seg_map (abfd
) = mfirst
;
4853 if (!elf_modify_segment_map (abfd
, info
, no_user_phdrs
))
4856 for (count
= 0, m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
4858 elf_program_header_size (abfd
) = count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4863 if (sections
!= NULL
)
4868 /* Sort sections by address. */
4871 elf_sort_sections (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
4873 const asection
*sec1
= *(const asection
**) arg1
;
4874 const asection
*sec2
= *(const asection
**) arg2
;
4875 bfd_size_type size1
, size2
;
4877 /* Sort by LMA first, since this is the address used to
4878 place the section into a segment. */
4879 if (sec1
->lma
< sec2
->lma
)
4881 else if (sec1
->lma
> sec2
->lma
)
4884 /* Then sort by VMA. Normally the LMA and the VMA will be
4885 the same, and this will do nothing. */
4886 if (sec1
->vma
< sec2
->vma
)
4888 else if (sec1
->vma
> sec2
->vma
)
4891 /* Put !SEC_LOAD sections after SEC_LOAD ones. */
4893 #define TOEND(x) (((x)->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) == 0)
4899 /* If the indicies are the same, do not return 0
4900 here, but continue to try the next comparison. */
4901 if (sec1
->target_index
- sec2
->target_index
!= 0)
4902 return sec1
->target_index
- sec2
->target_index
;
4907 else if (TOEND (sec2
))
4912 /* Sort by size, to put zero sized sections
4913 before others at the same address. */
4915 size1
= (sec1
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) ? sec1
->size
: 0;
4916 size2
= (sec2
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) ? sec2
->size
: 0;
4923 return sec1
->target_index
- sec2
->target_index
;
4926 /* Ian Lance Taylor writes:
4928 We shouldn't be using % with a negative signed number. That's just
4929 not good. We have to make sure either that the number is not
4930 negative, or that the number has an unsigned type. When the types
4931 are all the same size they wind up as unsigned. When file_ptr is a
4932 larger signed type, the arithmetic winds up as signed long long,
4935 What we're trying to say here is something like ``increase OFF by
4936 the least amount that will cause it to be equal to the VMA modulo
4938 /* In other words, something like:
4940 vma_offset = m->sections[0]->vma % bed->maxpagesize;
4941 off_offset = off % bed->maxpagesize;
4942 if (vma_offset < off_offset)
4943 adjustment = vma_offset + bed->maxpagesize - off_offset;
4945 adjustment = vma_offset - off_offset;
4947 which can can be collapsed into the expression below. */
4950 vma_page_aligned_bias (bfd_vma vma
, ufile_ptr off
, bfd_vma maxpagesize
)
4952 /* PR binutils/16199: Handle an alignment of zero. */
4953 if (maxpagesize
== 0)
4955 return ((vma
- off
) % maxpagesize
);
4959 print_segment_map (const struct elf_segment_map
*m
)
4962 const char *pt
= get_segment_type (m
->p_type
);
4967 if (m
->p_type
>= PT_LOPROC
&& m
->p_type
<= PT_HIPROC
)
4968 sprintf (buf
, "LOPROC+%7.7x",
4969 (unsigned int) (m
->p_type
- PT_LOPROC
));
4970 else if (m
->p_type
>= PT_LOOS
&& m
->p_type
<= PT_HIOS
)
4971 sprintf (buf
, "LOOS+%7.7x",
4972 (unsigned int) (m
->p_type
- PT_LOOS
));
4974 snprintf (buf
, sizeof (buf
), "%8.8x",
4975 (unsigned int) m
->p_type
);
4979 fprintf (stderr
, "%s:", pt
);
4980 for (j
= 0; j
< m
->count
; j
++)
4981 fprintf (stderr
, " %s", m
->sections
[j
]->name
);
4987 write_zeros (bfd
*abfd
, file_ptr pos
, bfd_size_type len
)
4992 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
4994 buf
= bfd_zmalloc (len
);
4997 ret
= bfd_bwrite (buf
, len
, abfd
) == len
;
5002 /* Assign file positions to the sections based on the mapping from
5003 sections to segments. This function also sets up some fields in
5007 assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (bfd
*abfd
,
5008 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
5010 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
5011 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
5012 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdrs
;
5013 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
5015 bfd_size_type maxpagesize
;
5018 bfd_vma header_pad
= 0;
5020 if (link_info
== NULL
5021 && !_bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments (abfd
, link_info
))
5025 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
5029 header_pad
= m
->header_size
;
5034 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phoff
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5035 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phentsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5039 /* PR binutils/12467. */
5040 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phoff
= 0;
5041 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phentsize
= 0;
5044 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
= alloc
;
5046 if (elf_program_header_size (abfd
) == (bfd_size_type
) -1)
5047 elf_program_header_size (abfd
) = alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5049 BFD_ASSERT (elf_program_header_size (abfd
)
5050 >= alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
);
5054 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5058 /* We're writing the size in elf_program_header_size (abfd),
5059 see assign_file_positions_except_relocs, so make sure we have
5060 that amount allocated, with trailing space cleared.
5061 The variable alloc contains the computed need, while
5062 elf_program_header_size (abfd) contains the size used for the
5064 See ld/emultempl/elf-generic.em:gld${EMULATION_NAME}_map_segments
5065 where the layout is forced to according to a larger size in the
5066 last iterations for the testcase ld-elf/header. */
5067 BFD_ASSERT (elf_program_header_size (abfd
) % bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
5069 phdrs
= (Elf_Internal_Phdr
*)
5071 (elf_program_header_size (abfd
) / bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
),
5072 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr
));
5073 elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
= phdrs
;
5078 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0)
5079 maxpagesize
= bed
->maxpagesize
;
5081 off
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5082 off
+= alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5083 if (header_pad
< (bfd_vma
) off
)
5089 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
), p
= phdrs
, j
= 0;
5091 m
= m
->next
, p
++, j
++)
5095 bfd_boolean no_contents
;
5097 /* If elf_segment_map is not from map_sections_to_segments, the
5098 sections may not be correctly ordered. NOTE: sorting should
5099 not be done to the PT_NOTE section of a corefile, which may
5100 contain several pseudo-sections artificially created by bfd.
5101 Sorting these pseudo-sections breaks things badly. */
5103 && !(elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_type
== ET_CORE
5104 && m
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
))
5105 qsort (m
->sections
, (size_t) m
->count
, sizeof (asection
*),
5108 /* An ELF segment (described by Elf_Internal_Phdr) may contain a
5109 number of sections with contents contributing to both p_filesz
5110 and p_memsz, followed by a number of sections with no contents
5111 that just contribute to p_memsz. In this loop, OFF tracks next
5112 available file offset for PT_LOAD and PT_NOTE segments. */
5113 p
->p_type
= m
->p_type
;
5114 p
->p_flags
= m
->p_flags
;
5119 p
->p_vaddr
= m
->sections
[0]->vma
- m
->p_vaddr_offset
;
5121 if (m
->p_paddr_valid
)
5122 p
->p_paddr
= m
->p_paddr
;
5123 else if (m
->count
== 0)
5126 p
->p_paddr
= m
->sections
[0]->lma
- m
->p_vaddr_offset
;
5128 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
5129 && (abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0)
5131 /* p_align in demand paged PT_LOAD segments effectively stores
5132 the maximum page size. When copying an executable with
5133 objcopy, we set m->p_align from the input file. Use this
5134 value for maxpagesize rather than bed->maxpagesize, which
5135 may be different. Note that we use maxpagesize for PT_TLS
5136 segment alignment later in this function, so we are relying
5137 on at least one PT_LOAD segment appearing before a PT_TLS
5139 if (m
->p_align_valid
)
5140 maxpagesize
= m
->p_align
;
5142 p
->p_align
= maxpagesize
;
5144 else if (m
->p_align_valid
)
5145 p
->p_align
= m
->p_align
;
5146 else if (m
->count
== 0)
5147 p
->p_align
= 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
5151 no_contents
= FALSE
;
5153 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
5156 bfd_size_type align
;
5157 unsigned int align_power
= 0;
5159 if (m
->p_align_valid
)
5163 for (i
= 0, secpp
= m
->sections
; i
< m
->count
; i
++, secpp
++)
5165 unsigned int secalign
;
5167 secalign
= bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd
, *secpp
);
5168 if (secalign
> align_power
)
5169 align_power
= secalign
;
5171 align
= (bfd_size_type
) 1 << align_power
;
5172 if (align
< maxpagesize
)
5173 align
= maxpagesize
;
5176 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
5177 if ((m
->sections
[i
]->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
)) == 0)
5178 /* If we aren't making room for this section, then
5179 it must be SHT_NOBITS regardless of what we've
5180 set via struct bfd_elf_special_section. */
5181 elf_section_type (m
->sections
[i
]) = SHT_NOBITS
;
5183 /* Find out whether this segment contains any loadable
5186 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
5187 if (elf_section_type (m
->sections
[i
]) != SHT_NOBITS
)
5189 no_contents
= FALSE
;
5193 off_adjust
= vma_page_aligned_bias (p
->p_vaddr
, off
, align
);
5197 /* We shouldn't need to align the segment on disk since
5198 the segment doesn't need file space, but the gABI
5199 arguably requires the alignment and glibc ld.so
5200 checks it. So to comply with the alignment
5201 requirement but not waste file space, we adjust
5202 p_offset for just this segment. (OFF_ADJUST is
5203 subtracted from OFF later.) This may put p_offset
5204 past the end of file, but that shouldn't matter. */
5209 /* Make sure the .dynamic section is the first section in the
5210 PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
5211 else if (p
->p_type
== PT_DYNAMIC
5213 && strcmp (m
->sections
[0]->name
, ".dynamic") != 0)
5216 (_("%B: The first section in the PT_DYNAMIC segment is not the .dynamic section"),
5218 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
5221 /* Set the note section type to SHT_NOTE. */
5222 else if (p
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
)
5223 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
5224 elf_section_type (m
->sections
[i
]) = SHT_NOTE
;
5230 if (m
->includes_filehdr
)
5232 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
5234 p
->p_filesz
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5235 p
->p_memsz
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5238 if (p
->p_vaddr
< (bfd_vma
) off
)
5240 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
5241 (_("%B: Not enough room for program headers, try linking with -N"),
5243 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
5248 if (!m
->p_paddr_valid
)
5253 if (m
->includes_phdrs
)
5255 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
5258 if (!m
->includes_filehdr
)
5260 p
->p_offset
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5264 p
->p_vaddr
-= off
- p
->p_offset
;
5265 if (!m
->p_paddr_valid
)
5266 p
->p_paddr
-= off
- p
->p_offset
;
5270 p
->p_filesz
+= alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5271 p
->p_memsz
+= alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5274 p
->p_filesz
+= header_pad
;
5275 p
->p_memsz
+= header_pad
;
5279 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
5280 || (p
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
&& bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
))
5282 if (!m
->includes_filehdr
&& !m
->includes_phdrs
)
5288 adjust
= off
- (p
->p_offset
+ p
->p_filesz
);
5290 p
->p_filesz
+= adjust
;
5291 p
->p_memsz
+= adjust
;
5295 /* Set up p_filesz, p_memsz, p_align and p_flags from the section
5296 maps. Set filepos for sections in PT_LOAD segments, and in
5297 core files, for sections in PT_NOTE segments.
5298 assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections will set filepos
5299 for other sections and update p_filesz for other segments. */
5300 for (i
= 0, secpp
= m
->sections
; i
< m
->count
; i
++, secpp
++)
5303 bfd_size_type align
;
5304 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
5307 this_hdr
= &elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
;
5308 align
= (bfd_size_type
) 1 << bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd
, sec
);
5310 if ((p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
5311 || p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
)
5312 && (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
5313 || ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0
5314 && ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) == 0
5315 || p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
))))
5317 bfd_vma p_start
= p
->p_paddr
;
5318 bfd_vma p_end
= p_start
+ p
->p_memsz
;
5319 bfd_vma s_start
= sec
->lma
;
5320 bfd_vma adjust
= s_start
- p_end
;
5324 || p_end
< p_start
))
5326 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
5327 (_("%B: section %A lma %#lx adjusted to %#lx"), abfd
, sec
,
5328 (unsigned long) s_start
, (unsigned long) p_end
);
5332 p
->p_memsz
+= adjust
;
5334 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
5336 if (p
->p_filesz
+ adjust
< p
->p_memsz
)
5338 /* We have a PROGBITS section following NOBITS ones.
5339 Allocate file space for the NOBITS section(s) and
5341 adjust
= p
->p_memsz
- p
->p_filesz
;
5342 if (!write_zeros (abfd
, off
, adjust
))
5346 p
->p_filesz
+= adjust
;
5350 if (p
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
&& bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
)
5352 /* The section at i == 0 is the one that actually contains
5356 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= sec
->filepos
= off
;
5357 off
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5358 p
->p_filesz
= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5364 /* The rest are fake sections that shouldn't be written. */
5373 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
5375 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= sec
->filepos
= off
;
5376 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
5377 off
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5379 else if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
5380 && (this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) != 0
5381 && this_hdr
->sh_offset
== 0)
5383 /* This is a .tbss section that didn't get a PT_LOAD.
5384 (See _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments "Create a
5385 final PT_LOAD".) Set sh_offset to the value it
5386 would have if we had created a zero p_filesz and
5387 p_memsz PT_LOAD header for the section. This
5388 also makes the PT_TLS header have the same
5390 bfd_vma adjust
= vma_page_aligned_bias (this_hdr
->sh_addr
,
5392 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= sec
->filepos
= off
+ adjust
;
5395 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
5397 p
->p_filesz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5398 /* A load section without SHF_ALLOC is something like
5399 a note section in a PT_NOTE segment. These take
5400 file space but are not loaded into memory. */
5401 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
5402 p
->p_memsz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5404 else if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
5406 if (p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
)
5407 p
->p_memsz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5409 /* .tbss is special. It doesn't contribute to p_memsz of
5411 else if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) == 0)
5412 p
->p_memsz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5415 if (align
> p
->p_align
5416 && !m
->p_align_valid
5417 && (p
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
5418 || (abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0))
5422 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
5425 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_EXECINSTR
) != 0)
5427 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_WRITE
) != 0)
5434 /* Check that all sections are in a PT_LOAD segment.
5435 Don't check funky gdb generated core files. */
5436 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_core
)
5438 bfd_boolean check_vma
= TRUE
;
5440 for (i
= 1; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
5441 if (m
->sections
[i
]->vma
== m
->sections
[i
- 1]->vma
5442 && ELF_SECTION_SIZE (&(elf_section_data (m
->sections
[i
])
5443 ->this_hdr
), p
) != 0
5444 && ELF_SECTION_SIZE (&(elf_section_data (m
->sections
[i
- 1])
5445 ->this_hdr
), p
) != 0)
5447 /* Looks like we have overlays packed into the segment. */
5452 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
5454 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
5457 sec
= m
->sections
[i
];
5458 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(sec
)->this_hdr
);
5459 if (!ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT_1 (this_hdr
, p
, check_vma
, 0)
5460 && !ELF_TBSS_SPECIAL (this_hdr
, p
))
5462 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
5463 (_("%B: section `%A' can't be allocated in segment %d"),
5465 print_segment_map (m
);
5471 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
5475 /* Assign file positions for the other sections. */
5478 assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (bfd
*abfd
,
5479 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
5481 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
5482 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrpp
;
5483 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**hdrpp
, **end_hdrpp
;
5484 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdrs
;
5485 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
5486 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
5487 struct elf_segment_map
*hdrs_segment
;
5488 bfd_vma filehdr_vaddr
, filehdr_paddr
;
5489 bfd_vma phdrs_vaddr
, phdrs_paddr
;
5493 i_shdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
5494 end_hdrpp
= i_shdrpp
+ elf_numsections (abfd
);
5495 off
= elf_next_file_pos (abfd
);
5496 for (hdrpp
= i_shdrpp
+ 1; hdrpp
< end_hdrpp
; hdrpp
++)
5498 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
5501 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
5502 && (hdr
->bfd_section
->filepos
!= 0
5503 || (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
5504 && hdr
->contents
== NULL
)))
5505 BFD_ASSERT (hdr
->sh_offset
== hdr
->bfd_section
->filepos
);
5506 else if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
5508 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
5509 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
5510 (_("%B: warning: allocated section `%s' not in segment"),
5512 (hdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
5514 : hdr
->bfd_section
->name
));
5515 /* We don't need to page align empty sections. */
5516 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0 && hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
5517 off
+= vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr
->sh_addr
, off
,
5520 off
+= vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr
->sh_addr
, off
,
5522 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
,
5525 else if (((hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
|| hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
5526 && hdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
)
5527 || (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
5528 && (hdr
->bfd_section
->flags
& SEC_ELF_COMPRESS
))
5529 /* Compress DWARF debug sections. */
5530 || hdr
== i_shdrpp
[elf_onesymtab (abfd
)]
5531 || (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) != NULL
5532 && hdr
== i_shdrpp
[elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
)->ndx
])
5533 || hdr
== i_shdrpp
[elf_strtab_sec (abfd
)]
5534 || hdr
== i_shdrpp
[elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
)])
5535 hdr
->sh_offset
= -1;
5537 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
5540 /* Now that we have set the section file positions, we can set up
5541 the file positions for the non PT_LOAD segments. */
5545 phdrs_vaddr
= bed
->maxpagesize
+ bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5547 hdrs_segment
= NULL
;
5548 phdrs
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
5549 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
), p
= phdrs
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
, p
++)
5552 if (p
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
5555 if (m
->includes_filehdr
)
5557 filehdr_vaddr
= p
->p_vaddr
;
5558 filehdr_paddr
= p
->p_paddr
;
5560 if (m
->includes_phdrs
)
5562 phdrs_vaddr
= p
->p_vaddr
;
5563 phdrs_paddr
= p
->p_paddr
;
5564 if (m
->includes_filehdr
)
5567 phdrs_vaddr
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5568 phdrs_paddr
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5573 if (hdrs_segment
!= NULL
&& link_info
!= NULL
)
5575 /* There is a segment that contains both the file headers and the
5576 program headers, so provide a symbol __ehdr_start pointing there.
5577 A program can use this to examine itself robustly. */
5579 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hash
5580 = elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (link_info
), "__ehdr_start",
5581 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
5582 /* If the symbol was referenced and not defined, define it. */
5584 && (hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
5585 || hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
5586 || hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
5587 || hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
))
5590 if (hdrs_segment
->count
!= 0)
5591 /* The segment contains sections, so use the first one. */
5592 s
= hdrs_segment
->sections
[0];
5594 /* Use the first (i.e. lowest-addressed) section in any segment. */
5595 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
5604 hash
->root
.u
.def
.value
= filehdr_vaddr
- s
->vma
;
5605 hash
->root
.u
.def
.section
= s
;
5609 hash
->root
.u
.def
.value
= filehdr_vaddr
;
5610 hash
->root
.u
.def
.section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
5613 hash
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
5614 hash
->def_regular
= 1;
5619 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
), p
= phdrs
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
, p
++)
5621 if (p
->p_type
== PT_GNU_RELRO
)
5623 const Elf_Internal_Phdr
*lp
;
5624 struct elf_segment_map
*lm
;
5626 if (link_info
!= NULL
)
5628 /* During linking the range of the RELRO segment is passed
5630 for (lm
= elf_seg_map (abfd
), lp
= phdrs
;
5632 lm
= lm
->next
, lp
++)
5634 if (lp
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
5635 && lp
->p_vaddr
< link_info
->relro_end
5637 && lm
->sections
[0]->vma
>= link_info
->relro_start
)
5641 BFD_ASSERT (lm
!= NULL
);
5645 /* Otherwise we are copying an executable or shared
5646 library, but we need to use the same linker logic. */
5647 for (lp
= phdrs
; lp
< phdrs
+ count
; ++lp
)
5649 if (lp
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
5650 && lp
->p_paddr
== p
->p_paddr
)
5655 if (lp
< phdrs
+ count
)
5657 p
->p_vaddr
= lp
->p_vaddr
;
5658 p
->p_paddr
= lp
->p_paddr
;
5659 p
->p_offset
= lp
->p_offset
;
5660 if (link_info
!= NULL
)
5661 p
->p_filesz
= link_info
->relro_end
- lp
->p_vaddr
;
5662 else if (m
->p_size_valid
)
5663 p
->p_filesz
= m
->p_size
;
5666 p
->p_memsz
= p
->p_filesz
;
5667 /* Preserve the alignment and flags if they are valid. The
5668 gold linker generates RW/4 for the PT_GNU_RELRO section.
5669 It is better for objcopy/strip to honor these attributes
5670 otherwise gdb will choke when using separate debug files.
5672 if (!m
->p_align_valid
)
5674 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
5679 memset (p
, 0, sizeof *p
);
5680 p
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
5683 else if (p
->p_type
== PT_GNU_STACK
)
5685 if (m
->p_size_valid
)
5686 p
->p_memsz
= m
->p_size
;
5688 else if (m
->count
!= 0)
5691 if (p
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
5692 && (p
->p_type
!= PT_NOTE
5693 || bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_core
))
5695 if (m
->includes_filehdr
|| m
->includes_phdrs
)
5697 /* PR 17512: file: 2195325e. */
5698 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
5699 (_("%B: warning: non-load segment includes file header and/or program header"),
5705 p
->p_offset
= m
->sections
[0]->filepos
;
5706 for (i
= m
->count
; i
-- != 0;)
5708 asection
*sect
= m
->sections
[i
];
5709 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
= &elf_section_data (sect
)->this_hdr
;
5710 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
5712 p
->p_filesz
= (sect
->filepos
- m
->sections
[0]->filepos
5719 else if (m
->includes_filehdr
)
5721 p
->p_vaddr
= filehdr_vaddr
;
5722 if (! m
->p_paddr_valid
)
5723 p
->p_paddr
= filehdr_paddr
;
5725 else if (m
->includes_phdrs
)
5727 p
->p_vaddr
= phdrs_vaddr
;
5728 if (! m
->p_paddr_valid
)
5729 p
->p_paddr
= phdrs_paddr
;
5733 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
5738 static elf_section_list
*
5739 find_section_in_list (unsigned int i
, elf_section_list
* list
)
5741 for (;list
!= NULL
; list
= list
->next
)
5747 /* Work out the file positions of all the sections. This is called by
5748 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions. All the section sizes and
5749 VMAs must be known before this is called.
5751 Reloc sections come in two flavours: Those processed specially as
5752 "side-channel" data attached to a section to which they apply, and
5753 those that bfd doesn't process as relocations. The latter sort are
5754 stored in a normal bfd section by bfd_section_from_shdr. We don't
5755 consider the former sort here, unless they form part of the loadable
5756 image. Reloc sections not assigned here will be handled later by
5757 assign_file_positions_for_relocs.
5759 We also don't set the positions of the .symtab and .strtab here. */
5762 assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd
*abfd
,
5763 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
5765 struct elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
5766 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
5767 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
5769 if ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
)) == 0
5770 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_core
)
5772 Elf_Internal_Shdr
** const i_shdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
5773 unsigned int num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
5774 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**hdrpp
;
5778 /* Start after the ELF header. */
5779 off
= i_ehdrp
->e_ehsize
;
5781 /* We are not creating an executable, which means that we are
5782 not creating a program header, and that the actual order of
5783 the sections in the file is unimportant. */
5784 for (i
= 1, hdrpp
= i_shdrpp
+ 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
5786 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
5789 if (((hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
|| hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
5790 && hdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
)
5791 || (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
5792 && (hdr
->bfd_section
->flags
& SEC_ELF_COMPRESS
))
5793 /* Compress DWARF debug sections. */
5794 || i
== elf_onesymtab (abfd
)
5795 || (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) != NULL
5796 && hdr
== i_shdrpp
[elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
)->ndx
])
5797 || i
== elf_strtab_sec (abfd
)
5798 || i
== elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
))
5800 hdr
->sh_offset
= -1;
5803 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
5806 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
5812 /* Assign file positions for the loaded sections based on the
5813 assignment of sections to segments. */
5814 if (!assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (abfd
, link_info
))
5817 /* And for non-load sections. */
5818 if (!assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (abfd
, link_info
))
5821 if (bed
->elf_backend_modify_program_headers
!= NULL
)
5823 if (!(*bed
->elf_backend_modify_program_headers
) (abfd
, link_info
))
5827 /* Set e_type in ELF header to ET_EXEC for -pie -Ttext-segment=. */
5828 if (link_info
!= NULL
&& bfd_link_pie (link_info
))
5830 unsigned int num_segments
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
;
5831 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
5832 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*end_segment
= &segment
[num_segments
];
5834 /* Find the lowest p_vaddr in PT_LOAD segments. */
5835 bfd_vma p_vaddr
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5836 for (; segment
< end_segment
; segment
++)
5837 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& p_vaddr
> segment
->p_vaddr
)
5838 p_vaddr
= segment
->p_vaddr
;
5840 /* Set e_type to ET_EXEC if the lowest p_vaddr in PT_LOAD
5841 segments is non-zero. */
5843 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_EXEC
;
5846 /* Write out the program headers. */
5847 alloc
= elf_program_header_size (abfd
) / bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5848 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, (bfd_signed_vma
) bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
5849 || bed
->s
->write_out_phdrs (abfd
, tdata
->phdr
, alloc
) != 0)
5857 prep_headers (bfd
*abfd
)
5859 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
; /* Elf file header, internal form. */
5860 struct elf_strtab_hash
*shstrtab
;
5861 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
5863 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
5865 shstrtab
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
5866 if (shstrtab
== NULL
)
5869 elf_shstrtab (abfd
) = shstrtab
;
5871 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG0
] = ELFMAG0
;
5872 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG1
] = ELFMAG1
;
5873 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG2
] = ELFMAG2
;
5874 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG3
] = ELFMAG3
;
5876 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] = bed
->s
->elfclass
;
5877 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_DATA
] =
5878 bfd_big_endian (abfd
) ? ELFDATA2MSB
: ELFDATA2LSB
;
5879 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_VERSION
] = bed
->s
->ev_current
;
5881 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
5882 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_DYN
;
5883 else if ((abfd
->flags
& EXEC_P
) != 0)
5884 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_EXEC
;
5885 else if (bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
)
5886 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_CORE
;
5888 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_REL
;
5890 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd
))
5892 case bfd_arch_unknown
:
5893 i_ehdrp
->e_machine
= EM_NONE
;
5896 /* There used to be a long list of cases here, each one setting
5897 e_machine to the same EM_* macro #defined as ELF_MACHINE_CODE
5898 in the corresponding bfd definition. To avoid duplication,
5899 the switch was removed. Machines that need special handling
5900 can generally do it in elf_backend_final_write_processing(),
5901 unless they need the information earlier than the final write.
5902 Such need can generally be supplied by replacing the tests for
5903 e_machine with the conditions used to determine it. */
5905 i_ehdrp
->e_machine
= bed
->elf_machine_code
;
5908 i_ehdrp
->e_version
= bed
->s
->ev_current
;
5909 i_ehdrp
->e_ehsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5911 /* No program header, for now. */
5912 i_ehdrp
->e_phoff
= 0;
5913 i_ehdrp
->e_phentsize
= 0;
5914 i_ehdrp
->e_phnum
= 0;
5916 /* Each bfd section is section header entry. */
5917 i_ehdrp
->e_entry
= bfd_get_start_address (abfd
);
5918 i_ehdrp
->e_shentsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_shdr
;
5920 /* If we're building an executable, we'll need a program header table. */
5921 if (abfd
->flags
& EXEC_P
)
5922 /* It all happens later. */
5926 i_ehdrp
->e_phentsize
= 0;
5927 i_ehdrp
->e_phoff
= 0;
5930 elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
=
5931 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab
, ".symtab", FALSE
);
5932 elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
.sh_name
=
5933 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab
, ".strtab", FALSE
);
5934 elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_name
=
5935 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab
, ".shstrtab", FALSE
);
5936 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1
5937 || elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1
5938 || elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
5944 /* Assign file positions for all the reloc sections which are not part
5945 of the loadable file image, and the file position of section headers. */
5948 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load (bfd
*abfd
)
5951 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**shdrpp
, **end_shdrpp
;
5952 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdrp
;
5953 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
;
5954 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
5956 off
= elf_next_file_pos (abfd
);
5958 shdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
5959 end_shdrpp
= shdrpp
+ elf_numsections (abfd
);
5960 for (shdrpp
++; shdrpp
< end_shdrpp
; shdrpp
++)
5963 if (shdrp
->sh_offset
== -1)
5965 asection
*sec
= shdrp
->bfd_section
;
5966 bfd_boolean is_rel
= (shdrp
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
5967 || shdrp
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
);
5969 || (sec
!= NULL
&& (sec
->flags
& SEC_ELF_COMPRESS
)))
5973 const char *name
= sec
->name
;
5974 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*d
;
5976 /* Compress DWARF debug sections. */
5977 if (!bfd_compress_section (abfd
, sec
,
5981 if (sec
->compress_status
== COMPRESS_SECTION_DONE
5982 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_COMPRESS_GABI
) == 0)
5984 /* If section is compressed with zlib-gnu, convert
5985 section name from .debug_* to .zdebug_*. */
5987 = convert_debug_to_zdebug (abfd
, name
);
5988 if (new_name
== NULL
)
5992 /* Add setion name to section name section. */
5993 if (shdrp
->sh_name
!= (unsigned int) -1)
5996 = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
5998 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
6000 /* Add reloc setion name to section name section. */
6002 && !_bfd_elf_set_reloc_sh_name (abfd
,
6007 && !_bfd_elf_set_reloc_sh_name (abfd
,
6012 /* Update section size and contents. */
6013 shdrp
->sh_size
= sec
->size
;
6014 shdrp
->contents
= sec
->contents
;
6015 shdrp
->bfd_section
->contents
= NULL
;
6017 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (shdrp
,
6024 /* Place section name section after DWARF debug sections have been
6026 _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
6027 shdrp
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
;
6028 shdrp
->sh_size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
6029 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (shdrp
, off
, TRUE
);
6031 /* Place the section headers. */
6032 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
6033 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6034 off
= align_file_position (off
, 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
);
6035 i_ehdrp
->e_shoff
= off
;
6036 off
+= i_ehdrp
->e_shnum
* i_ehdrp
->e_shentsize
;
6037 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
6043 _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (bfd
*abfd
)
6045 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6046 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
6048 unsigned int count
, num_sec
;
6049 struct elf_obj_tdata
*t
;
6051 if (! abfd
->output_has_begun
6052 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd
, NULL
))
6055 i_shdrp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
6058 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, bed
->s
->write_relocs
, &failed
);
6062 if (!_bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load (abfd
))
6065 /* After writing the headers, we need to write the sections too... */
6066 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
6067 for (count
= 1; count
< num_sec
; count
++)
6069 i_shdrp
[count
]->sh_name
6070 = _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
6071 i_shdrp
[count
]->sh_name
);
6072 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_processing
)
6073 (*bed
->elf_backend_section_processing
) (abfd
, i_shdrp
[count
]);
6074 if (i_shdrp
[count
]->contents
)
6076 bfd_size_type amt
= i_shdrp
[count
]->sh_size
;
6078 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, i_shdrp
[count
]->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
6079 || bfd_bwrite (i_shdrp
[count
]->contents
, amt
, abfd
) != amt
)
6084 /* Write out the section header names. */
6085 t
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
6086 if (elf_shstrtab (abfd
) != NULL
6087 && (bfd_seek (abfd
, t
->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
6088 || !_bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd
, elf_shstrtab (abfd
))))
6091 if (bed
->elf_backend_final_write_processing
)
6092 (*bed
->elf_backend_final_write_processing
) (abfd
, elf_linker (abfd
));
6094 if (!bed
->s
->write_shdrs_and_ehdr (abfd
))
6097 /* This is last since write_shdrs_and_ehdr can touch i_shdrp[0]. */
6098 if (t
->o
->build_id
.after_write_object_contents
!= NULL
)
6099 return (*t
->o
->build_id
.after_write_object_contents
) (abfd
);
6105 _bfd_elf_write_corefile_contents (bfd
*abfd
)
6107 /* Hopefully this can be done just like an object file. */
6108 return _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (abfd
);
6111 /* Given a section, search the header to find them. */
6114 _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_section
*asect
)
6116 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6117 unsigned int sec_index
;
6119 if (elf_section_data (asect
) != NULL
6120 && elf_section_data (asect
)->this_idx
!= 0)
6121 return elf_section_data (asect
)->this_idx
;
6123 if (bfd_is_abs_section (asect
))
6124 sec_index
= SHN_ABS
;
6125 else if (bfd_is_com_section (asect
))
6126 sec_index
= SHN_COMMON
;
6127 else if (bfd_is_und_section (asect
))
6128 sec_index
= SHN_UNDEF
;
6130 sec_index
= SHN_BAD
;
6132 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6133 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section
)
6135 int retval
= sec_index
;
6137 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section
) (abfd
, asect
, &retval
))
6141 if (sec_index
== SHN_BAD
)
6142 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
6147 /* Given a BFD symbol, return the index in the ELF symbol table, or -1
6151 _bfd_elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**asym_ptr_ptr
)
6153 asymbol
*asym_ptr
= *asym_ptr_ptr
;
6155 flagword flags
= asym_ptr
->flags
;
6157 /* When gas creates relocations against local labels, it creates its
6158 own symbol for the section, but does put the symbol into the
6159 symbol chain, so udata is 0. When the linker is generating
6160 relocatable output, this section symbol may be for one of the
6161 input sections rather than the output section. */
6162 if (asym_ptr
->udata
.i
== 0
6163 && (flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
)
6164 && asym_ptr
->section
)
6169 sec
= asym_ptr
->section
;
6170 if (sec
->owner
!= abfd
&& sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
6171 sec
= sec
->output_section
;
6172 if (sec
->owner
== abfd
6173 && (indx
= sec
->index
) < elf_num_section_syms (abfd
)
6174 && elf_section_syms (abfd
)[indx
] != NULL
)
6175 asym_ptr
->udata
.i
= elf_section_syms (abfd
)[indx
]->udata
.i
;
6178 idx
= asym_ptr
->udata
.i
;
6182 /* This case can occur when using --strip-symbol on a symbol
6183 which is used in a relocation entry. */
6184 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
6185 (_("%B: symbol `%s' required but not present"),
6186 abfd
, bfd_asymbol_name (asym_ptr
));
6187 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_symbols
);
6194 "elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol 0x%.8lx, name = %s, sym num = %d, flags = 0x%.8lx\n",
6195 (long) asym_ptr
, asym_ptr
->name
, idx
, (long) flags
);
6203 /* Rewrite program header information. */
6206 rewrite_elf_program_header (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
6208 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*iehdr
;
6209 struct elf_segment_map
*map
;
6210 struct elf_segment_map
*map_first
;
6211 struct elf_segment_map
**pointer_to_map
;
6212 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
6215 unsigned int num_segments
;
6216 bfd_boolean phdr_included
= FALSE
;
6217 bfd_boolean p_paddr_valid
;
6218 bfd_vma maxpagesize
;
6219 struct elf_segment_map
*phdr_adjust_seg
= NULL
;
6220 unsigned int phdr_adjust_num
= 0;
6221 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6223 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (ibfd
);
6224 iehdr
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
);
6227 pointer_to_map
= &map_first
;
6229 num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
6230 maxpagesize
= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
)->maxpagesize
;
6232 /* Returns the end address of the segment + 1. */
6233 #define SEGMENT_END(segment, start) \
6234 (start + (segment->p_memsz > segment->p_filesz \
6235 ? segment->p_memsz : segment->p_filesz))
6237 #define SECTION_SIZE(section, segment) \
6238 (((section->flags & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
6239 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL || segment->p_type == PT_TLS) \
6240 ? section->size : 0)
6242 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
6243 the given segment. VMA addresses are compared. */
6244 #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA(section, segment) \
6245 (section->vma >= segment->p_vaddr \
6246 && (section->vma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
6247 <= (SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr))))
6249 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
6250 the given segment. LMA addresses are compared. */
6251 #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA(section, segment, base) \
6252 (section->lma >= base \
6253 && (section->lma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
6254 <= SEGMENT_END (segment, base)))
6256 /* Handle PT_NOTE segment. */
6257 #define IS_NOTE(p, s) \
6258 (p->p_type == PT_NOTE \
6259 && elf_section_type (s) == SHT_NOTE \
6260 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
6261 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
6262 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
6264 /* Special case: corefile "NOTE" section containing regs, prpsinfo
6266 #define IS_COREFILE_NOTE(p, s) \
6268 && bfd_get_format (ibfd) == bfd_core \
6272 /* The complicated case when p_vaddr is 0 is to handle the Solaris
6273 linker, which generates a PT_INTERP section with p_vaddr and
6274 p_memsz set to 0. */
6275 #define IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP(p, s) \
6277 && p->p_paddr == 0 \
6278 && p->p_memsz == 0 \
6279 && p->p_filesz > 0 \
6280 && (s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0 \
6282 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
6283 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
6284 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
6286 /* Decide if the given section should be included in the given segment.
6287 A section will be included if:
6288 1. It is within the address space of the segment -- we use the LMA
6289 if that is set for the segment and the VMA otherwise,
6290 2. It is an allocated section or a NOTE section in a PT_NOTE
6292 3. There is an output section associated with it,
6293 4. The section has not already been allocated to a previous segment.
6294 5. PT_GNU_STACK segments do not include any sections.
6295 6. PT_TLS segment includes only SHF_TLS sections.
6296 7. SHF_TLS sections are only in PT_TLS or PT_LOAD segments.
6297 8. PT_DYNAMIC should not contain empty sections at the beginning
6298 (with the possible exception of .dynamic). */
6299 #define IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed) \
6300 ((((segment->p_paddr \
6301 ? IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (section, segment, segment->p_paddr) \
6302 : IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (section, segment)) \
6303 && (section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) \
6304 || IS_NOTE (segment, section)) \
6305 && segment->p_type != PT_GNU_STACK \
6306 && (segment->p_type != PT_TLS \
6307 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
6308 && (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD \
6309 || segment->p_type == PT_TLS \
6310 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0) \
6311 && (segment->p_type != PT_DYNAMIC \
6312 || SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) > 0 \
6313 || (segment->p_paddr \
6314 ? segment->p_paddr != section->lma \
6315 : segment->p_vaddr != section->vma) \
6316 || (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (ibfd, section), ".dynamic") \
6318 && !section->segment_mark)
6320 /* If the output section of a section in the input segment is NULL,
6321 it is removed from the corresponding output segment. */
6322 #define INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed) \
6323 (IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT (section, segment, bed) \
6324 && section->output_section != NULL)
6326 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 starts after the end of seg2. */
6327 #define SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT(seg1, seg2, field) \
6328 (seg1->field >= SEGMENT_END (seg2, seg2->field))
6330 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 and seg2 overlap. Segments overlap iff both
6331 their VMA address ranges and their LMA address ranges overlap.
6332 It is possible to have overlapping VMA ranges without overlapping LMA
6333 ranges. RedBoot images for example can have both .data and .bss mapped
6334 to the same VMA range, but with the .data section mapped to a different
6336 #define SEGMENT_OVERLAPS(seg1, seg2) \
6337 ( !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_vaddr) \
6338 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_vaddr)) \
6339 && !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_paddr) \
6340 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_paddr)))
6342 /* Initialise the segment mark field. */
6343 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
; section
!= NULL
; section
= section
->next
)
6344 section
->segment_mark
= FALSE
;
6346 /* The Solaris linker creates program headers in which all the
6347 p_paddr fields are zero. When we try to objcopy or strip such a
6348 file, we get confused. Check for this case, and if we find it
6349 don't set the p_paddr_valid fields. */
6350 p_paddr_valid
= FALSE
;
6351 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
6354 if (segment
->p_paddr
!= 0)
6356 p_paddr_valid
= TRUE
;
6360 /* Scan through the segments specified in the program header
6361 of the input BFD. For this first scan we look for overlaps
6362 in the loadable segments. These can be created by weird
6363 parameters to objcopy. Also, fix some solaris weirdness. */
6364 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
6369 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment2
;
6371 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_INTERP
)
6372 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
; section
; section
= section
->next
)
6373 if (IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP (segment
, section
))
6375 /* Mininal change so that the normal section to segment
6376 assignment code will work. */
6377 segment
->p_vaddr
= section
->vma
;
6381 if (segment
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
6383 /* Remove PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */
6384 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_GNU_RELRO
)
6385 segment
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
6389 /* Determine if this segment overlaps any previous segments. */
6390 for (j
= 0, segment2
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
; j
< i
; j
++, segment2
++)
6392 bfd_signed_vma extra_length
;
6394 if (segment2
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
6395 || !SEGMENT_OVERLAPS (segment
, segment2
))
6398 /* Merge the two segments together. */
6399 if (segment2
->p_vaddr
< segment
->p_vaddr
)
6401 /* Extend SEGMENT2 to include SEGMENT and then delete
6403 extra_length
= (SEGMENT_END (segment
, segment
->p_vaddr
)
6404 - SEGMENT_END (segment2
, segment2
->p_vaddr
));
6406 if (extra_length
> 0)
6408 segment2
->p_memsz
+= extra_length
;
6409 segment2
->p_filesz
+= extra_length
;
6412 segment
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
6414 /* Since we have deleted P we must restart the outer loop. */
6416 segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
6421 /* Extend SEGMENT to include SEGMENT2 and then delete
6423 extra_length
= (SEGMENT_END (segment2
, segment2
->p_vaddr
)
6424 - SEGMENT_END (segment
, segment
->p_vaddr
));
6426 if (extra_length
> 0)
6428 segment
->p_memsz
+= extra_length
;
6429 segment
->p_filesz
+= extra_length
;
6432 segment2
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
6437 /* The second scan attempts to assign sections to segments. */
6438 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
6442 unsigned int section_count
;
6443 asection
**sections
;
6444 asection
*output_section
;
6446 bfd_vma matching_lma
;
6447 bfd_vma suggested_lma
;
6450 asection
*first_section
;
6451 bfd_boolean first_matching_lma
;
6452 bfd_boolean first_suggested_lma
;
6454 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_NULL
)
6457 first_section
= NULL
;
6458 /* Compute how many sections might be placed into this segment. */
6459 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
, section_count
= 0;
6461 section
= section
->next
)
6463 /* Find the first section in the input segment, which may be
6464 removed from the corresponding output segment. */
6465 if (IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT (section
, segment
, bed
))
6467 if (first_section
== NULL
)
6468 first_section
= section
;
6469 if (section
->output_section
!= NULL
)
6474 /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain
6475 all of the sections we have selected. */
6476 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
6477 amt
+= ((bfd_size_type
) section_count
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
6478 map
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (obfd
, amt
);
6482 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Default to
6483 using the physical address of the segment in the input BFD. */
6485 map
->p_type
= segment
->p_type
;
6486 map
->p_flags
= segment
->p_flags
;
6487 map
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
6489 /* If the first section in the input segment is removed, there is
6490 no need to preserve segment physical address in the corresponding
6492 if (!first_section
|| first_section
->output_section
!= NULL
)
6494 map
->p_paddr
= segment
->p_paddr
;
6495 map
->p_paddr_valid
= p_paddr_valid
;
6498 /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
6499 and if it contains the program headers themselves. */
6500 map
->includes_filehdr
= (segment
->p_offset
== 0
6501 && segment
->p_filesz
>= iehdr
->e_ehsize
);
6502 map
->includes_phdrs
= 0;
6504 if (!phdr_included
|| segment
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
6506 map
->includes_phdrs
=
6507 (segment
->p_offset
<= (bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
6508 && (segment
->p_offset
+ segment
->p_filesz
6509 >= ((bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
6510 + iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
)));
6512 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& map
->includes_phdrs
)
6513 phdr_included
= TRUE
;
6516 if (section_count
== 0)
6518 /* Special segments, such as the PT_PHDR segment, may contain
6519 no sections, but ordinary, loadable segments should contain
6520 something. They are allowed by the ELF spec however, so only
6521 a warning is produced. */
6522 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
6523 (*_bfd_error_handler
) (_("\
6524 %B: warning: Empty loadable segment detected, is this intentional ?"),
6528 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
6529 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
6534 /* Now scan the sections in the input BFD again and attempt
6535 to add their corresponding output sections to the segment map.
6536 The problem here is how to handle an output section which has
6537 been moved (ie had its LMA changed). There are four possibilities:
6539 1. None of the sections have been moved.
6540 In this case we can continue to use the segment LMA from the
6543 2. All of the sections have been moved by the same amount.
6544 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
6545 of the first section.
6547 3. Some of the sections have been moved, others have not.
6548 In this case those sections which have not been moved can be
6549 placed in the current segment which will have to have its size,
6550 and possibly its LMA changed, and a new segment or segments will
6551 have to be created to contain the other sections.
6553 4. The sections have been moved, but not by the same amount.
6554 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
6555 of the first section and we will have to create a new segment
6556 or segments to contain the other sections.
6558 In order to save time, we allocate an array to hold the section
6559 pointers that we are interested in. As these sections get assigned
6560 to a segment, they are removed from this array. */
6562 sections
= (asection
**) bfd_malloc2 (section_count
, sizeof (asection
*));
6563 if (sections
== NULL
)
6566 /* Step One: Scan for segment vs section LMA conflicts.
6567 Also add the sections to the section array allocated above.
6568 Also add the sections to the current segment. In the common
6569 case, where the sections have not been moved, this means that
6570 we have completely filled the segment, and there is nothing
6575 first_matching_lma
= TRUE
;
6576 first_suggested_lma
= TRUE
;
6578 for (section
= first_section
, j
= 0;
6580 section
= section
->next
)
6582 if (INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (section
, segment
, bed
))
6584 output_section
= section
->output_section
;
6586 sections
[j
++] = section
;
6588 /* The Solaris native linker always sets p_paddr to 0.
6589 We try to catch that case here, and set it to the
6590 correct value. Note - some backends require that
6591 p_paddr be left as zero. */
6593 && segment
->p_vaddr
!= 0
6594 && !bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
6596 && output_section
->lma
!= 0
6597 && output_section
->vma
== (segment
->p_vaddr
6598 + (map
->includes_filehdr
6601 + (map
->includes_phdrs
6603 * iehdr
->e_phentsize
)
6605 map
->p_paddr
= segment
->p_vaddr
;
6607 /* Match up the physical address of the segment with the
6608 LMA address of the output section. */
6609 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section
, segment
, map
->p_paddr
)
6610 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment
, section
)
6611 || (bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
6612 && IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (output_section
, segment
)))
6614 if (first_matching_lma
|| output_section
->lma
< matching_lma
)
6616 matching_lma
= output_section
->lma
;
6617 first_matching_lma
= FALSE
;
6620 /* We assume that if the section fits within the segment
6621 then it does not overlap any other section within that
6623 map
->sections
[isec
++] = output_section
;
6625 else if (first_suggested_lma
)
6627 suggested_lma
= output_section
->lma
;
6628 first_suggested_lma
= FALSE
;
6631 if (j
== section_count
)
6636 BFD_ASSERT (j
== section_count
);
6638 /* Step Two: Adjust the physical address of the current segment,
6640 if (isec
== section_count
)
6642 /* All of the sections fitted within the segment as currently
6643 specified. This is the default case. Add the segment to
6644 the list of built segments and carry on to process the next
6645 program header in the input BFD. */
6646 map
->count
= section_count
;
6647 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
6648 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
6651 && !bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
6652 && matching_lma
!= map
->p_paddr
6653 && !map
->includes_filehdr
6654 && !map
->includes_phdrs
)
6655 /* There is some padding before the first section in the
6656 segment. So, we must account for that in the output
6658 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= matching_lma
- map
->p_paddr
;
6665 if (!first_matching_lma
)
6667 /* At least one section fits inside the current segment.
6668 Keep it, but modify its physical address to match the
6669 LMA of the first section that fitted. */
6670 map
->p_paddr
= matching_lma
;
6674 /* None of the sections fitted inside the current segment.
6675 Change the current segment's physical address to match
6676 the LMA of the first section. */
6677 map
->p_paddr
= suggested_lma
;
6680 /* Offset the segment physical address from the lma
6681 to allow for space taken up by elf headers. */
6682 if (map
->includes_filehdr
)
6684 if (map
->p_paddr
>= iehdr
->e_ehsize
)
6685 map
->p_paddr
-= iehdr
->e_ehsize
;
6688 map
->includes_filehdr
= FALSE
;
6689 map
->includes_phdrs
= FALSE
;
6693 if (map
->includes_phdrs
)
6695 if (map
->p_paddr
>= iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
)
6697 map
->p_paddr
-= iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
;
6699 /* iehdr->e_phnum is just an estimate of the number
6700 of program headers that we will need. Make a note
6701 here of the number we used and the segment we chose
6702 to hold these headers, so that we can adjust the
6703 offset when we know the correct value. */
6704 phdr_adjust_num
= iehdr
->e_phnum
;
6705 phdr_adjust_seg
= map
;
6708 map
->includes_phdrs
= FALSE
;
6712 /* Step Three: Loop over the sections again, this time assigning
6713 those that fit to the current segment and removing them from the
6714 sections array; but making sure not to leave large gaps. Once all
6715 possible sections have been assigned to the current segment it is
6716 added to the list of built segments and if sections still remain
6717 to be assigned, a new segment is constructed before repeating
6724 first_suggested_lma
= TRUE
;
6726 /* Fill the current segment with sections that fit. */
6727 for (j
= 0; j
< section_count
; j
++)
6729 section
= sections
[j
];
6731 if (section
== NULL
)
6734 output_section
= section
->output_section
;
6736 BFD_ASSERT (output_section
!= NULL
);
6738 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section
, segment
, map
->p_paddr
)
6739 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment
, section
))
6741 if (map
->count
== 0)
6743 /* If the first section in a segment does not start at
6744 the beginning of the segment, then something is
6746 if (output_section
->lma
6748 + (map
->includes_filehdr
? iehdr
->e_ehsize
: 0)
6749 + (map
->includes_phdrs
6750 ? iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
6758 prev_sec
= map
->sections
[map
->count
- 1];
6760 /* If the gap between the end of the previous section
6761 and the start of this section is more than
6762 maxpagesize then we need to start a new segment. */
6763 if ((BFD_ALIGN (prev_sec
->lma
+ prev_sec
->size
,
6765 < BFD_ALIGN (output_section
->lma
, maxpagesize
))
6766 || (prev_sec
->lma
+ prev_sec
->size
6767 > output_section
->lma
))
6769 if (first_suggested_lma
)
6771 suggested_lma
= output_section
->lma
;
6772 first_suggested_lma
= FALSE
;
6779 map
->sections
[map
->count
++] = output_section
;
6782 section
->segment_mark
= TRUE
;
6784 else if (first_suggested_lma
)
6786 suggested_lma
= output_section
->lma
;
6787 first_suggested_lma
= FALSE
;
6791 BFD_ASSERT (map
->count
> 0);
6793 /* Add the current segment to the list of built segments. */
6794 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
6795 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
6797 if (isec
< section_count
)
6799 /* We still have not allocated all of the sections to
6800 segments. Create a new segment here, initialise it
6801 and carry on looping. */
6802 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
6803 amt
+= ((bfd_size_type
) section_count
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
6804 map
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (obfd
, amt
);
6811 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Set the physical
6812 physical address to the LMA of the first section that has
6813 not yet been assigned. */
6815 map
->p_type
= segment
->p_type
;
6816 map
->p_flags
= segment
->p_flags
;
6817 map
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
6818 map
->p_paddr
= suggested_lma
;
6819 map
->p_paddr_valid
= p_paddr_valid
;
6820 map
->includes_filehdr
= 0;
6821 map
->includes_phdrs
= 0;
6824 while (isec
< section_count
);
6829 elf_seg_map (obfd
) = map_first
;
6831 /* If we had to estimate the number of program headers that were
6832 going to be needed, then check our estimate now and adjust
6833 the offset if necessary. */
6834 if (phdr_adjust_seg
!= NULL
)
6838 for (count
= 0, map
= map_first
; map
!= NULL
; map
= map
->next
)
6841 if (count
> phdr_adjust_num
)
6842 phdr_adjust_seg
->p_paddr
6843 -= (count
- phdr_adjust_num
) * iehdr
->e_phentsize
;
6848 #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA
6849 #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA
6851 #undef IS_COREFILE_NOTE
6852 #undef IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP
6853 #undef IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT
6854 #undef INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT
6855 #undef SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT
6856 #undef SEGMENT_OVERLAPS
6860 /* Copy ELF program header information. */
6863 copy_elf_program_header (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
6865 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*iehdr
;
6866 struct elf_segment_map
*map
;
6867 struct elf_segment_map
*map_first
;
6868 struct elf_segment_map
**pointer_to_map
;
6869 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
6871 unsigned int num_segments
;
6872 bfd_boolean phdr_included
= FALSE
;
6873 bfd_boolean p_paddr_valid
;
6875 iehdr
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
);
6878 pointer_to_map
= &map_first
;
6880 /* If all the segment p_paddr fields are zero, don't set
6881 map->p_paddr_valid. */
6882 p_paddr_valid
= FALSE
;
6883 num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
6884 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
6887 if (segment
->p_paddr
!= 0)
6889 p_paddr_valid
= TRUE
;
6893 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
6898 unsigned int section_count
;
6900 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
6901 asection
*first_section
= NULL
;
6902 asection
*lowest_section
;
6904 /* Compute how many sections are in this segment. */
6905 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
, section_count
= 0;
6907 section
= section
->next
)
6909 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(section
)->this_hdr
);
6910 if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr
, segment
))
6912 if (first_section
== NULL
)
6913 first_section
= section
;
6918 /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain
6919 all of the sections we have selected. */
6920 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
6921 if (section_count
!= 0)
6922 amt
+= ((bfd_size_type
) section_count
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
6923 map
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (obfd
, amt
);
6927 /* Initialize the fields of the output segment map with the
6930 map
->p_type
= segment
->p_type
;
6931 map
->p_flags
= segment
->p_flags
;
6932 map
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
6933 map
->p_paddr
= segment
->p_paddr
;
6934 map
->p_paddr_valid
= p_paddr_valid
;
6935 map
->p_align
= segment
->p_align
;
6936 map
->p_align_valid
= 1;
6937 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= 0;
6939 if (map
->p_type
== PT_GNU_RELRO
6940 || map
->p_type
== PT_GNU_STACK
)
6942 /* The PT_GNU_RELRO segment may contain the first a few
6943 bytes in the .got.plt section even if the whole .got.plt
6944 section isn't in the PT_GNU_RELRO segment. We won't
6945 change the size of the PT_GNU_RELRO segment.
6946 Similarly, PT_GNU_STACK size is significant on uclinux
6948 map
->p_size
= segment
->p_memsz
;
6949 map
->p_size_valid
= 1;
6952 /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
6953 and if it contains the program headers themselves. */
6954 map
->includes_filehdr
= (segment
->p_offset
== 0
6955 && segment
->p_filesz
>= iehdr
->e_ehsize
);
6957 map
->includes_phdrs
= 0;
6958 if (! phdr_included
|| segment
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
6960 map
->includes_phdrs
=
6961 (segment
->p_offset
<= (bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
6962 && (segment
->p_offset
+ segment
->p_filesz
6963 >= ((bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
6964 + iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
)));
6966 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& map
->includes_phdrs
)
6967 phdr_included
= TRUE
;
6970 lowest_section
= NULL
;
6971 if (section_count
!= 0)
6973 unsigned int isec
= 0;
6975 for (section
= first_section
;
6977 section
= section
->next
)
6979 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(section
)->this_hdr
);
6980 if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr
, segment
))
6982 map
->sections
[isec
++] = section
->output_section
;
6983 if ((section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
6987 if (lowest_section
== NULL
6988 || section
->lma
< lowest_section
->lma
)
6989 lowest_section
= section
;
6991 /* Section lmas are set up from PT_LOAD header
6992 p_paddr in _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr.
6993 If this header has a p_paddr that disagrees
6994 with the section lma, flag the p_paddr as
6996 if ((section
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
6997 seg_off
= this_hdr
->sh_offset
- segment
->p_offset
;
6999 seg_off
= this_hdr
->sh_addr
- segment
->p_vaddr
;
7000 if (section
->lma
- segment
->p_paddr
!= seg_off
)
7001 map
->p_paddr_valid
= FALSE
;
7003 if (isec
== section_count
)
7009 if (map
->includes_filehdr
&& lowest_section
!= NULL
)
7010 /* We need to keep the space used by the headers fixed. */
7011 map
->header_size
= lowest_section
->vma
- segment
->p_vaddr
;
7013 if (!map
->includes_phdrs
7014 && !map
->includes_filehdr
7015 && map
->p_paddr_valid
)
7016 /* There is some other padding before the first section. */
7017 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= ((lowest_section
? lowest_section
->lma
: 0)
7018 - segment
->p_paddr
);
7020 map
->count
= section_count
;
7021 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
7022 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
7025 elf_seg_map (obfd
) = map_first
;
7029 /* Copy private BFD data. This copies or rewrites ELF program header
7033 copy_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
7035 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
7036 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
7039 if (elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
== NULL
)
7042 if (ibfd
->xvec
== obfd
->xvec
)
7044 /* Check to see if any sections in the input BFD
7045 covered by ELF program header have changed. */
7046 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
7047 asection
*section
, *osec
;
7048 unsigned int i
, num_segments
;
7049 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
7050 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
7052 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (ibfd
);
7054 /* Regenerate the segment map if p_paddr is set to 0. */
7055 if (bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
)
7058 /* Initialize the segment mark field. */
7059 for (section
= obfd
->sections
; section
!= NULL
;
7060 section
= section
->next
)
7061 section
->segment_mark
= FALSE
;
7063 num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
7064 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
7068 /* PR binutils/3535. The Solaris linker always sets the p_paddr
7069 and p_memsz fields of special segments (DYNAMIC, INTERP) to 0
7070 which severly confuses things, so always regenerate the segment
7071 map in this case. */
7072 if (segment
->p_paddr
== 0
7073 && segment
->p_memsz
== 0
7074 && (segment
->p_type
== PT_INTERP
|| segment
->p_type
== PT_DYNAMIC
))
7077 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
;
7078 section
!= NULL
; section
= section
->next
)
7080 /* We mark the output section so that we know it comes
7081 from the input BFD. */
7082 osec
= section
->output_section
;
7084 osec
->segment_mark
= TRUE
;
7086 /* Check if this section is covered by the segment. */
7087 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(section
)->this_hdr
);
7088 if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr
, segment
))
7090 /* FIXME: Check if its output section is changed or
7091 removed. What else do we need to check? */
7093 || section
->flags
!= osec
->flags
7094 || section
->lma
!= osec
->lma
7095 || section
->vma
!= osec
->vma
7096 || section
->size
!= osec
->size
7097 || section
->rawsize
!= osec
->rawsize
7098 || section
->alignment_power
!= osec
->alignment_power
)
7104 /* Check to see if any output section do not come from the
7106 for (section
= obfd
->sections
; section
!= NULL
;
7107 section
= section
->next
)
7109 if (section
->segment_mark
== FALSE
)
7112 section
->segment_mark
= FALSE
;
7115 return copy_elf_program_header (ibfd
, obfd
);
7119 if (ibfd
->xvec
== obfd
->xvec
)
7121 /* When rewriting program header, set the output maxpagesize to
7122 the maximum alignment of input PT_LOAD segments. */
7123 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
7125 unsigned int num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
7126 bfd_vma maxpagesize
= 0;
7128 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
7131 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
7132 && maxpagesize
< segment
->p_align
)
7134 /* PR 17512: file: f17299af. */
7135 if (segment
->p_align
> (bfd_vma
) 1 << ((sizeof (bfd_vma
) * 8) - 2))
7136 (*_bfd_error_handler
) (_("\
7137 %B: warning: segment alignment of 0x%llx is too large"),
7138 ibfd
, (long long) segment
->p_align
);
7140 maxpagesize
= segment
->p_align
;
7143 if (maxpagesize
!= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
)->maxpagesize
)
7144 bfd_emul_set_maxpagesize (bfd_get_target (obfd
), maxpagesize
);
7147 return rewrite_elf_program_header (ibfd
, obfd
);
7150 /* Initialize private output section information from input section. */
7153 _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (bfd
*ibfd
,
7157 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
7160 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*ihdr
, *ohdr
;
7161 bfd_boolean final_link
= (link_info
!= NULL
7162 && !bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
));
7164 if (ibfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
7165 || obfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
7168 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (osec
) != NULL
);
7170 /* For objcopy and relocatable link, don't copy the output ELF
7171 section type from input if the output BFD section flags have been
7172 set to something different. For a final link allow some flags
7173 that the linker clears to differ. */
7174 if (elf_section_type (osec
) == SHT_NULL
7175 && (osec
->flags
== isec
->flags
7177 && ((osec
->flags
^ isec
->flags
)
7178 & ~(SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES
| SEC_RELOC
)) == 0)))
7179 elf_section_type (osec
) = elf_section_type (isec
);
7181 /* FIXME: Is this correct for all OS/PROC specific flags? */
7182 elf_section_flags (osec
) |= (elf_section_flags (isec
)
7183 & (SHF_MASKOS
| SHF_MASKPROC
));
7185 /* Set things up for objcopy and relocatable link. The output
7186 SHT_GROUP section will have its elf_next_in_group pointing back
7187 to the input group members. Ignore linker created group section.
7188 See elfNN_ia64_object_p in elfxx-ia64.c. */
7191 if (elf_sec_group (isec
) == NULL
7192 || (elf_sec_group (isec
)->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0)
7194 if (elf_section_flags (isec
) & SHF_GROUP
)
7195 elf_section_flags (osec
) |= SHF_GROUP
;
7196 elf_next_in_group (osec
) = elf_next_in_group (isec
);
7197 elf_section_data (osec
)->group
= elf_section_data (isec
)->group
;
7200 /* If not decompress, preserve SHF_COMPRESSED. */
7201 if ((ibfd
->flags
& BFD_DECOMPRESS
) == 0)
7202 elf_section_flags (osec
) |= (elf_section_flags (isec
)
7206 ihdr
= &elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
;
7208 /* We need to handle elf_linked_to_section for SHF_LINK_ORDER. We
7209 don't use the output section of the linked-to section since it
7210 may be NULL at this point. */
7211 if ((ihdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
) != 0)
7213 ohdr
= &elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
;
7214 ohdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_LINK_ORDER
;
7215 elf_linked_to_section (osec
) = elf_linked_to_section (isec
);
7218 osec
->use_rela_p
= isec
->use_rela_p
;
7223 /* Copy private section information. This copies over the entsize
7224 field, and sometimes the info field. */
7227 _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data (bfd
*ibfd
,
7232 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*ihdr
, *ohdr
;
7234 if (ibfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
7235 || obfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
7238 ihdr
= &elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
;
7239 ohdr
= &elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
;
7241 ohdr
->sh_entsize
= ihdr
->sh_entsize
;
7243 if (ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
7244 || ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
7245 || ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GNU_verneed
7246 || ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GNU_verdef
)
7247 ohdr
->sh_info
= ihdr
->sh_info
;
7249 return _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (ibfd
, isec
, obfd
, osec
,
7253 /* Look at all the SHT_GROUP sections in IBFD, making any adjustments
7254 necessary if we are removing either the SHT_GROUP section or any of
7255 the group member sections. DISCARDED is the value that a section's
7256 output_section has if the section will be discarded, NULL when this
7257 function is called from objcopy, bfd_abs_section_ptr when called
7261 _bfd_elf_fixup_group_sections (bfd
*ibfd
, asection
*discarded
)
7265 for (isec
= ibfd
->sections
; isec
!= NULL
; isec
= isec
->next
)
7266 if (elf_section_type (isec
) == SHT_GROUP
)
7268 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (isec
);
7269 asection
*s
= first
;
7270 bfd_size_type removed
= 0;
7274 /* If this member section is being output but the
7275 SHT_GROUP section is not, then clear the group info
7276 set up by _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data. */
7277 if (s
->output_section
!= discarded
7278 && isec
->output_section
== discarded
)
7280 elf_section_flags (s
->output_section
) &= ~SHF_GROUP
;
7281 elf_group_name (s
->output_section
) = NULL
;
7283 /* Conversely, if the member section is not being output
7284 but the SHT_GROUP section is, then adjust its size. */
7285 else if (s
->output_section
== discarded
7286 && isec
->output_section
!= discarded
)
7288 s
= elf_next_in_group (s
);
7294 if (discarded
!= NULL
)
7296 /* If we've been called for ld -r, then we need to
7297 adjust the input section size. This function may
7298 be called multiple times, so save the original
7300 if (isec
->rawsize
== 0)
7301 isec
->rawsize
= isec
->size
;
7302 isec
->size
= isec
->rawsize
- removed
;
7306 /* Adjust the output section size when called from
7308 isec
->output_section
->size
-= removed
;
7316 /* Copy private header information. */
7319 _bfd_elf_copy_private_header_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
7321 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
7322 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
7325 /* Copy over private BFD data if it has not already been copied.
7326 This must be done here, rather than in the copy_private_bfd_data
7327 entry point, because the latter is called after the section
7328 contents have been set, which means that the program headers have
7329 already been worked out. */
7330 if (elf_seg_map (obfd
) == NULL
&& elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
!= NULL
)
7332 if (! copy_private_bfd_data (ibfd
, obfd
))
7336 return _bfd_elf_fixup_group_sections (ibfd
, NULL
);
7339 /* Copy private symbol information. If this symbol is in a section
7340 which we did not map into a BFD section, try to map the section
7341 index correctly. We use special macro definitions for the mapped
7342 section indices; these definitions are interpreted by the
7343 swap_out_syms function. */
7345 #define MAP_ONESYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 1)
7346 #define MAP_DYNSYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 2)
7347 #define MAP_STRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 3)
7348 #define MAP_SHSTRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 4)
7349 #define MAP_SYM_SHNDX (SHN_HIOS + 5)
7352 _bfd_elf_copy_private_symbol_data (bfd
*ibfd
,
7357 elf_symbol_type
*isym
, *osym
;
7359 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
7360 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
7363 isym
= elf_symbol_from (ibfd
, isymarg
);
7364 osym
= elf_symbol_from (obfd
, osymarg
);
7367 && isym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
!= 0
7369 && bfd_is_abs_section (isym
->symbol
.section
))
7373 shndx
= isym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
;
7374 if (shndx
== elf_onesymtab (ibfd
))
7375 shndx
= MAP_ONESYMTAB
;
7376 else if (shndx
== elf_dynsymtab (ibfd
))
7377 shndx
= MAP_DYNSYMTAB
;
7378 else if (shndx
== elf_strtab_sec (ibfd
))
7380 else if (shndx
== elf_shstrtab_sec (ibfd
))
7381 shndx
= MAP_SHSTRTAB
;
7382 else if (find_section_in_list (shndx
, elf_symtab_shndx_list (ibfd
)))
7383 shndx
= MAP_SYM_SHNDX
;
7384 osym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
= shndx
;
7390 /* Swap out the symbols. */
7393 swap_out_syms (bfd
*abfd
,
7394 struct elf_strtab_hash
**sttp
,
7397 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
7400 struct elf_strtab_hash
*stt
;
7401 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
7402 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_shndx_hdr
;
7403 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symstrtab_hdr
;
7404 struct elf_sym_strtab
*symstrtab
;
7405 bfd_byte
*outbound_syms
;
7406 bfd_byte
*outbound_shndx
;
7407 unsigned long outbound_syms_index
;
7408 unsigned long outbound_shndx_index
;
7410 unsigned int num_locals
;
7412 bfd_boolean name_local_sections
;
7414 if (!elf_map_symbols (abfd
, &num_locals
))
7417 /* Dump out the symtabs. */
7418 stt
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
7422 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
7423 symcount
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
7424 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
7425 symtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SYMTAB
;
7426 symtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
7427 symtab_hdr
->sh_size
= symtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
* (symcount
+ 1);
7428 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
= num_locals
+ 1;
7429 symtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
7431 symstrtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
7432 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
7434 /* Allocate buffer to swap out the .strtab section. */
7435 symstrtab
= (struct elf_sym_strtab
*) bfd_malloc ((symcount
+ 1)
7436 * sizeof (*symstrtab
));
7437 if (symstrtab
== NULL
)
7439 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (stt
);
7443 outbound_syms
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, 1 + symcount
,
7444 bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
);
7445 if (outbound_syms
== NULL
)
7448 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (stt
);
7452 symtab_hdr
->contents
= outbound_syms
;
7453 outbound_syms_index
= 0;
7455 outbound_shndx
= NULL
;
7456 outbound_shndx_index
= 0;
7458 if (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
))
7460 symtab_shndx_hdr
= & elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
)->hdr
;
7461 if (symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_name
!= 0)
7463 amt
= (bfd_size_type
) (1 + symcount
) * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
7464 outbound_shndx
= (bfd_byte
*)
7465 bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, 1 + symcount
, sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
));
7466 if (outbound_shndx
== NULL
)
7469 symtab_shndx_hdr
->contents
= outbound_shndx
;
7470 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
;
7471 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_size
= amt
;
7472 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_addralign
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
7473 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
7475 /* FIXME: What about any other headers in the list ? */
7478 /* Now generate the data (for "contents"). */
7480 /* Fill in zeroth symbol and swap it out. */
7481 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
7487 sym
.st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
7488 sym
.st_target_internal
= 0;
7489 symstrtab
[0].sym
= sym
;
7490 symstrtab
[0].dest_index
= outbound_syms_index
;
7491 symstrtab
[0].destshndx_index
= outbound_shndx_index
;
7492 outbound_syms_index
++;
7493 if (outbound_shndx
!= NULL
)
7494 outbound_shndx_index
++;
7498 = (bed
->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols
7499 && bed
->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols (abfd
));
7501 syms
= bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd
);
7502 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
;)
7504 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
7505 bfd_vma value
= syms
[idx
]->value
;
7506 elf_symbol_type
*type_ptr
;
7507 flagword flags
= syms
[idx
]->flags
;
7510 if (!name_local_sections
7511 && (flags
& (BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_GLOBAL
)) == BSF_SECTION_SYM
)
7513 /* Local section symbols have no name. */
7514 sym
.st_name
= (unsigned long) -1;
7518 /* Call _bfd_elf_strtab_offset after _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize
7519 to get the final offset for st_name. */
7521 = (unsigned long) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (stt
, syms
[idx
]->name
,
7523 if (sym
.st_name
== (unsigned long) -1)
7527 type_ptr
= elf_symbol_from (abfd
, syms
[idx
]);
7529 if ((flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0
7530 && bfd_is_com_section (syms
[idx
]->section
))
7532 /* ELF common symbols put the alignment into the `value' field,
7533 and the size into the `size' field. This is backwards from
7534 how BFD handles it, so reverse it here. */
7535 sym
.st_size
= value
;
7536 if (type_ptr
== NULL
7537 || type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_value
== 0)
7538 sym
.st_value
= value
>= 16 ? 16 : (1 << bfd_log2 (value
));
7540 sym
.st_value
= type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_value
;
7541 sym
.st_shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section
7542 (abfd
, syms
[idx
]->section
);
7546 asection
*sec
= syms
[idx
]->section
;
7549 if (sec
->output_section
)
7551 value
+= sec
->output_offset
;
7552 sec
= sec
->output_section
;
7555 /* Don't add in the section vma for relocatable output. */
7556 if (! relocatable_p
)
7558 sym
.st_value
= value
;
7559 sym
.st_size
= type_ptr
? type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
: 0;
7561 if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec
)
7563 && type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
!= 0)
7565 /* This symbol is in a real ELF section which we did
7566 not create as a BFD section. Undo the mapping done
7567 by copy_private_symbol_data. */
7568 shndx
= type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
;
7572 shndx
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
7575 shndx
= elf_dynsymtab (abfd
);
7578 shndx
= elf_strtab_sec (abfd
);
7581 shndx
= elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
);
7584 if (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
))
7585 shndx
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
)->ndx
;
7594 shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, sec
);
7596 if (shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
7600 /* Writing this would be a hell of a lot easier if
7601 we had some decent documentation on bfd, and
7602 knew what to expect of the library, and what to
7603 demand of applications. For example, it
7604 appears that `objcopy' might not set the
7605 section of a symbol to be a section that is
7606 actually in the output file. */
7607 sec2
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, sec
->name
);
7610 _bfd_error_handler (_("\
7611 Unable to find equivalent output section for symbol '%s' from section '%s'"),
7612 syms
[idx
]->name
? syms
[idx
]->name
: "<Local sym>",
7614 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
7618 shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, sec2
);
7619 BFD_ASSERT (shndx
!= SHN_BAD
);
7623 sym
.st_shndx
= shndx
;
7626 if ((flags
& BSF_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
7628 else if ((flags
& BSF_GNU_INDIRECT_FUNCTION
) != 0)
7629 type
= STT_GNU_IFUNC
;
7630 else if ((flags
& BSF_FUNCTION
) != 0)
7632 else if ((flags
& BSF_OBJECT
) != 0)
7634 else if ((flags
& BSF_RELC
) != 0)
7636 else if ((flags
& BSF_SRELC
) != 0)
7641 if (syms
[idx
]->section
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
7644 /* Processor-specific types. */
7645 if (type_ptr
!= NULL
7646 && bed
->elf_backend_get_symbol_type
)
7647 type
= ((*bed
->elf_backend_get_symbol_type
)
7648 (&type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
, type
));
7650 if (flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
)
7652 if (flags
& BSF_GLOBAL
)
7653 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
7655 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_SECTION
);
7657 else if (bfd_is_com_section (syms
[idx
]->section
))
7659 if (type
!= STT_TLS
)
7661 if ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_CONVERT_ELF_COMMON
))
7662 type
= ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_USE_ELF_STT_COMMON
)
7663 ? STT_COMMON
: STT_OBJECT
);
7665 type
= ((flags
& BSF_ELF_COMMON
) != 0
7666 ? STT_COMMON
: STT_OBJECT
);
7668 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, type
);
7670 else if (bfd_is_und_section (syms
[idx
]->section
))
7671 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (((flags
& BSF_WEAK
)
7675 else if (flags
& BSF_FILE
)
7676 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_FILE
);
7679 int bind
= STB_LOCAL
;
7681 if (flags
& BSF_LOCAL
)
7683 else if (flags
& BSF_GNU_UNIQUE
)
7684 bind
= STB_GNU_UNIQUE
;
7685 else if (flags
& BSF_WEAK
)
7687 else if (flags
& BSF_GLOBAL
)
7690 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (bind
, type
);
7693 if (type_ptr
!= NULL
)
7695 sym
.st_other
= type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
;
7696 sym
.st_target_internal
7697 = type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_target_internal
;
7702 sym
.st_target_internal
= 0;
7706 symstrtab
[idx
].sym
= sym
;
7707 symstrtab
[idx
].dest_index
= outbound_syms_index
;
7708 symstrtab
[idx
].destshndx_index
= outbound_shndx_index
;
7710 outbound_syms_index
++;
7711 if (outbound_shndx
!= NULL
)
7712 outbound_shndx_index
++;
7715 /* Finalize the .strtab section. */
7716 _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (stt
);
7718 /* Swap out the .strtab section. */
7719 for (idx
= 0; idx
<= symcount
; idx
++)
7721 struct elf_sym_strtab
*elfsym
= &symstrtab
[idx
];
7722 if (elfsym
->sym
.st_name
== (unsigned long) -1)
7723 elfsym
->sym
.st_name
= 0;
7725 elfsym
->sym
.st_name
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (stt
,
7726 elfsym
->sym
.st_name
);
7727 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (abfd
, &elfsym
->sym
,
7729 + (elfsym
->dest_index
7730 * bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
)),
7732 + (elfsym
->destshndx_index
7733 * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
))));
7738 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (stt
);
7739 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
7740 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_flags
= bed
->elf_strtab_flags
;
7741 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
7742 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
7743 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
7744 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_info
= 0;
7745 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1;
7750 /* Return the number of bytes required to hold the symtab vector.
7752 Note that we base it on the count plus 1, since we will null terminate
7753 the vector allocated based on this size. However, the ELF symbol table
7754 always has a dummy entry as symbol #0, so it ends up even. */
7757 _bfd_elf_get_symtab_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
7761 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
7763 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_sym
;
7764 symtab_size
= (symcount
+ 1) * (sizeof (asymbol
*));
7766 symtab_size
-= sizeof (asymbol
*);
7772 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_symtab_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
7776 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
7778 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
7780 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
7784 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_sym
;
7785 symtab_size
= (symcount
+ 1) * (sizeof (asymbol
*));
7787 symtab_size
-= sizeof (asymbol
*);
7793 _bfd_elf_get_reloc_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7796 return (asect
->reloc_count
+ 1) * sizeof (arelent
*);
7799 /* Canonicalize the relocs. */
7802 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_reloc (bfd
*abfd
,
7809 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
7811 if (! bed
->s
->slurp_reloc_table (abfd
, section
, symbols
, FALSE
))
7814 tblptr
= section
->relocation
;
7815 for (i
= 0; i
< section
->reloc_count
; i
++)
7816 *relptr
++ = tblptr
++;
7820 return section
->reloc_count
;
7824 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_symtab (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**allocation
)
7826 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
7827 long symcount
= bed
->s
->slurp_symbol_table (abfd
, allocation
, FALSE
);
7830 bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) = symcount
;
7835 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_symtab (bfd
*abfd
,
7836 asymbol
**allocation
)
7838 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
7839 long symcount
= bed
->s
->slurp_symbol_table (abfd
, allocation
, TRUE
);
7842 bfd_get_dynamic_symcount (abfd
) = symcount
;
7846 /* Return the size required for the dynamic reloc entries. Any loadable
7847 section that was actually installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL
7848 or SHT_RELA, and uses the dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a
7849 dynamic reloc section. */
7852 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
7857 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
7859 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
7863 ret
= sizeof (arelent
*);
7864 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
7865 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_link
== elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)
7866 && (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_REL
7867 || elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_RELA
))
7868 ret
+= ((s
->size
/ elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
)
7869 * sizeof (arelent
*));
7874 /* Canonicalize the dynamic relocation entries. Note that we return the
7875 dynamic relocations as a single block, although they are actually
7876 associated with particular sections; the interface, which was
7877 designed for SunOS style shared libraries, expects that there is only
7878 one set of dynamic relocs. Any loadable section that was actually
7879 installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL or SHT_RELA, and uses the
7880 dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a dynamic reloc section. */
7883 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_reloc (bfd
*abfd
,
7887 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bfd_boolean
);
7891 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
7893 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
7897 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
7899 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
7901 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_link
== elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)
7902 && (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_REL
7903 || elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_RELA
))
7908 if (! (*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, s
, syms
, TRUE
))
7910 count
= s
->size
/ elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
;
7912 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++)
7923 /* Read in the version information. */
7926 _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_boolean default_imported_symver
)
7928 bfd_byte
*contents
= NULL
;
7929 unsigned int freeidx
= 0;
7931 if (elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0)
7933 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
7934 Elf_External_Verneed
*everneed
;
7935 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*iverneed
;
7937 bfd_byte
*contents_end
;
7939 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverref_hdr
;
7941 if (hdr
->sh_info
== 0 || hdr
->sh_size
< sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
))
7943 error_return_bad_verref
:
7944 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
7945 (_("%B: .gnu.version_r invalid entry"), abfd
);
7946 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
7947 error_return_verref
:
7948 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
= NULL
;
7949 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
= 0;
7953 contents
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_malloc (hdr
->sh_size
);
7954 if (contents
== NULL
)
7955 goto error_return_verref
;
7957 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
7958 || bfd_bread (contents
, hdr
->sh_size
, abfd
) != hdr
->sh_size
)
7959 goto error_return_verref
;
7961 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
= (Elf_Internal_Verneed
*)
7962 bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, hdr
->sh_info
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verneed
));
7964 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
== NULL
)
7965 goto error_return_verref
;
7967 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
)
7968 == sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
));
7969 contents_end
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
- sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
);
7970 everneed
= (Elf_External_Verneed
*) contents
;
7971 iverneed
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
;
7972 for (i
= 0; i
< hdr
->sh_info
; i
++, iverneed
++)
7974 Elf_External_Vernaux
*evernaux
;
7975 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*ivernaux
;
7978 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (abfd
, everneed
, iverneed
);
7980 iverneed
->vn_bfd
= abfd
;
7982 iverneed
->vn_filename
=
7983 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
7985 if (iverneed
->vn_filename
== NULL
)
7986 goto error_return_bad_verref
;
7988 if (iverneed
->vn_cnt
== 0)
7989 iverneed
->vn_auxptr
= NULL
;
7992 iverneed
->vn_auxptr
= (struct elf_internal_vernaux
*)
7993 bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, iverneed
->vn_cnt
,
7994 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Vernaux
));
7995 if (iverneed
->vn_auxptr
== NULL
)
7996 goto error_return_verref
;
7999 if (iverneed
->vn_aux
8000 > (size_t) (contents_end
- (bfd_byte
*) everneed
))
8001 goto error_return_bad_verref
;
8003 evernaux
= ((Elf_External_Vernaux
*)
8004 ((bfd_byte
*) everneed
+ iverneed
->vn_aux
));
8005 ivernaux
= iverneed
->vn_auxptr
;
8006 for (j
= 0; j
< iverneed
->vn_cnt
; j
++, ivernaux
++)
8008 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (abfd
, evernaux
, ivernaux
);
8010 ivernaux
->vna_nodename
=
8011 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
8012 ivernaux
->vna_name
);
8013 if (ivernaux
->vna_nodename
== NULL
)
8014 goto error_return_bad_verref
;
8016 if (ivernaux
->vna_other
> freeidx
)
8017 freeidx
= ivernaux
->vna_other
;
8019 ivernaux
->vna_nextptr
= NULL
;
8020 if (ivernaux
->vna_next
== 0)
8022 iverneed
->vn_cnt
= j
+ 1;
8025 if (j
+ 1 < iverneed
->vn_cnt
)
8026 ivernaux
->vna_nextptr
= ivernaux
+ 1;
8028 if (ivernaux
->vna_next
8029 > (size_t) (contents_end
- (bfd_byte
*) evernaux
))
8030 goto error_return_bad_verref
;
8032 evernaux
= ((Elf_External_Vernaux
*)
8033 ((bfd_byte
*) evernaux
+ ivernaux
->vna_next
));
8036 iverneed
->vn_nextref
= NULL
;
8037 if (iverneed
->vn_next
== 0)
8039 if (i
+ 1 < hdr
->sh_info
)
8040 iverneed
->vn_nextref
= iverneed
+ 1;
8042 if (iverneed
->vn_next
8043 > (size_t) (contents_end
- (bfd_byte
*) everneed
))
8044 goto error_return_bad_verref
;
8046 everneed
= ((Elf_External_Verneed
*)
8047 ((bfd_byte
*) everneed
+ iverneed
->vn_next
));
8049 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
= i
;
8055 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0)
8057 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
8058 Elf_External_Verdef
*everdef
;
8059 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*iverdef
;
8060 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*iverdefarr
;
8061 Elf_Internal_Verdef iverdefmem
;
8063 unsigned int maxidx
;
8064 bfd_byte
*contents_end_def
, *contents_end_aux
;
8066 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverdef_hdr
;
8068 if (hdr
->sh_info
== 0 || hdr
->sh_size
< sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
))
8070 error_return_bad_verdef
:
8071 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
8072 (_("%B: .gnu.version_d invalid entry"), abfd
);
8073 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8074 error_return_verdef
:
8075 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
= NULL
;
8076 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
= 0;
8080 contents
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_malloc (hdr
->sh_size
);
8081 if (contents
== NULL
)
8082 goto error_return_verdef
;
8083 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
8084 || bfd_bread (contents
, hdr
->sh_size
, abfd
) != hdr
->sh_size
)
8085 goto error_return_verdef
;
8087 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
)
8088 >= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
));
8089 contents_end_def
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
8090 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
8091 contents_end_aux
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
8092 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
8094 /* We know the number of entries in the section but not the maximum
8095 index. Therefore we have to run through all entries and find
8097 everdef
= (Elf_External_Verdef
*) contents
;
8099 for (i
= 0; i
< hdr
->sh_info
; ++i
)
8101 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd
, everdef
, &iverdefmem
);
8103 if ((iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION
)) == 0)
8104 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
8105 if ((iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION
)) > maxidx
)
8106 maxidx
= iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION
);
8108 if (iverdefmem
.vd_next
== 0)
8111 if (iverdefmem
.vd_next
8112 > (size_t) (contents_end_def
- (bfd_byte
*) everdef
))
8113 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
8115 everdef
= ((Elf_External_Verdef
*)
8116 ((bfd_byte
*) everdef
+ iverdefmem
.vd_next
));
8119 if (default_imported_symver
)
8121 if (freeidx
> maxidx
)
8127 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
= (Elf_Internal_Verdef
*)
8128 bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, maxidx
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef
));
8129 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
== NULL
)
8130 goto error_return_verdef
;
8132 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
= maxidx
;
8134 everdef
= (Elf_External_Verdef
*) contents
;
8135 iverdefarr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
;
8136 for (i
= 0; i
< hdr
->sh_info
; i
++)
8138 Elf_External_Verdaux
*everdaux
;
8139 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*iverdaux
;
8142 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd
, everdef
, &iverdefmem
);
8144 if ((iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& VERSYM_VERSION
) == 0)
8145 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
8147 iverdef
= &iverdefarr
[(iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& VERSYM_VERSION
) - 1];
8148 memcpy (iverdef
, &iverdefmem
, offsetof (Elf_Internal_Verdef
, vd_bfd
));
8150 iverdef
->vd_bfd
= abfd
;
8152 if (iverdef
->vd_cnt
== 0)
8153 iverdef
->vd_auxptr
= NULL
;
8156 iverdef
->vd_auxptr
= (struct elf_internal_verdaux
*)
8157 bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, iverdef
->vd_cnt
,
8158 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux
));
8159 if (iverdef
->vd_auxptr
== NULL
)
8160 goto error_return_verdef
;
8164 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux
- (bfd_byte
*) everdef
))
8165 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
8167 everdaux
= ((Elf_External_Verdaux
*)
8168 ((bfd_byte
*) everdef
+ iverdef
->vd_aux
));
8169 iverdaux
= iverdef
->vd_auxptr
;
8170 for (j
= 0; j
< iverdef
->vd_cnt
; j
++, iverdaux
++)
8172 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (abfd
, everdaux
, iverdaux
);
8174 iverdaux
->vda_nodename
=
8175 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
8176 iverdaux
->vda_name
);
8177 if (iverdaux
->vda_nodename
== NULL
)
8178 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
8180 iverdaux
->vda_nextptr
= NULL
;
8181 if (iverdaux
->vda_next
== 0)
8183 iverdef
->vd_cnt
= j
+ 1;
8186 if (j
+ 1 < iverdef
->vd_cnt
)
8187 iverdaux
->vda_nextptr
= iverdaux
+ 1;
8189 if (iverdaux
->vda_next
8190 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux
- (bfd_byte
*) everdaux
))
8191 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
8193 everdaux
= ((Elf_External_Verdaux
*)
8194 ((bfd_byte
*) everdaux
+ iverdaux
->vda_next
));
8197 iverdef
->vd_nodename
= NULL
;
8198 if (iverdef
->vd_cnt
)
8199 iverdef
->vd_nodename
= iverdef
->vd_auxptr
->vda_nodename
;
8201 iverdef
->vd_nextdef
= NULL
;
8202 if (iverdef
->vd_next
== 0)
8204 if ((size_t) (iverdef
- iverdefarr
) + 1 < maxidx
)
8205 iverdef
->vd_nextdef
= iverdef
+ 1;
8207 everdef
= ((Elf_External_Verdef
*)
8208 ((bfd_byte
*) everdef
+ iverdef
->vd_next
));
8214 else if (default_imported_symver
)
8221 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
= (Elf_Internal_Verdef
*)
8222 bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, freeidx
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef
));
8223 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
== NULL
)
8226 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
= freeidx
;
8229 /* Create a default version based on the soname. */
8230 if (default_imported_symver
)
8232 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*iverdef
;
8233 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*iverdaux
;
8235 iverdef
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[freeidx
- 1];
8237 iverdef
->vd_version
= VER_DEF_CURRENT
;
8238 iverdef
->vd_flags
= 0;
8239 iverdef
->vd_ndx
= freeidx
;
8240 iverdef
->vd_cnt
= 1;
8242 iverdef
->vd_bfd
= abfd
;
8244 iverdef
->vd_nodename
= bfd_elf_get_dt_soname (abfd
);
8245 if (iverdef
->vd_nodename
== NULL
)
8246 goto error_return_verdef
;
8247 iverdef
->vd_nextdef
= NULL
;
8248 iverdef
->vd_auxptr
= ((struct elf_internal_verdaux
*)
8249 bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux
)));
8250 if (iverdef
->vd_auxptr
== NULL
)
8251 goto error_return_verdef
;
8253 iverdaux
= iverdef
->vd_auxptr
;
8254 iverdaux
->vda_nodename
= iverdef
->vd_nodename
;
8260 if (contents
!= NULL
)
8266 _bfd_elf_make_empty_symbol (bfd
*abfd
)
8268 elf_symbol_type
*newsym
;
8270 newsym
= (elf_symbol_type
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof * newsym
);
8273 newsym
->symbol
.the_bfd
= abfd
;
8274 return &newsym
->symbol
;
8278 _bfd_elf_get_symbol_info (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8282 bfd_symbol_info (symbol
, ret
);
8285 /* Return whether a symbol name implies a local symbol. Most targets
8286 use this function for the is_local_label_name entry point, but some
8290 _bfd_elf_is_local_label_name (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8293 /* Normal local symbols start with ``.L''. */
8294 if (name
[0] == '.' && name
[1] == 'L')
8297 /* At least some SVR4 compilers (e.g., UnixWare 2.1 cc) generate
8298 DWARF debugging symbols starting with ``..''. */
8299 if (name
[0] == '.' && name
[1] == '.')
8302 /* gcc will sometimes generate symbols beginning with ``_.L_'' when
8303 emitting DWARF debugging output. I suspect this is actually a
8304 small bug in gcc (it calls ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL when it should call
8305 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL, and this causes the leading
8306 underscore to be emitted on some ELF targets). For ease of use,
8307 we treat such symbols as local. */
8308 if (name
[0] == '_' && name
[1] == '.' && name
[2] == 'L' && name
[3] == '_')
8311 /* Treat assembler generated fake symbols, dollar local labels and
8312 forward-backward labels (aka local labels) as locals.
8313 These labels have the form:
8315 L0^A.* (fake symbols)
8317 [.]?L[0123456789]+{^A|^B}[0123456789]* (local labels)
8319 Versions which start with .L will have already been matched above,
8320 so we only need to match the rest. */
8321 if (name
[0] == 'L' && ISDIGIT (name
[1]))
8323 bfd_boolean ret
= FALSE
;
8327 for (p
= name
+ 2; (c
= *p
); p
++)
8329 if (c
== 1 || c
== 2)
8331 if (c
== 1 && p
== name
+ 2)
8332 /* A fake symbol. */
8335 /* FIXME: We are being paranoid here and treating symbols like
8336 L0^Bfoo as if there were non-local, on the grounds that the
8337 assembler will never generate them. But can any symbol
8338 containing an ASCII value in the range 1-31 ever be anything
8339 other than some kind of local ? */
8356 _bfd_elf_get_lineno (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8357 asymbol
*symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
8364 _bfd_elf_set_arch_mach (bfd
*abfd
,
8365 enum bfd_architecture arch
,
8366 unsigned long machine
)
8368 /* If this isn't the right architecture for this backend, and this
8369 isn't the generic backend, fail. */
8370 if (arch
!= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->arch
8371 && arch
!= bfd_arch_unknown
8372 && get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->arch
!= bfd_arch_unknown
)
8375 return bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd
, arch
, machine
);
8378 /* Find the nearest line to a particular section and offset,
8379 for error reporting. */
8382 _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd
*abfd
,
8386 const char **filename_ptr
,
8387 const char **functionname_ptr
,
8388 unsigned int *line_ptr
,
8389 unsigned int *discriminator_ptr
)
8393 if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, NULL
, section
, offset
,
8394 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
8395 line_ptr
, discriminator_ptr
,
8396 dwarf_debug_sections
, 0,
8397 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
)
8398 || _bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
8399 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
8402 if (!*functionname_ptr
)
8403 _bfd_elf_find_function (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
8404 *filename_ptr
? NULL
: filename_ptr
,
8409 if (! _bfd_stab_section_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
8410 &found
, filename_ptr
,
8411 functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
,
8412 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->line_info
))
8414 if (found
&& (*functionname_ptr
|| *line_ptr
))
8417 if (symbols
== NULL
)
8420 if (! _bfd_elf_find_function (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
8421 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
))
8428 /* Find the line for a symbol. */
8431 _bfd_elf_find_line (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**symbols
, asymbol
*symbol
,
8432 const char **filename_ptr
, unsigned int *line_ptr
)
8434 return _bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, symbol
, NULL
, 0,
8435 filename_ptr
, NULL
, line_ptr
, NULL
,
8436 dwarf_debug_sections
, 0,
8437 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
8440 /* After a call to bfd_find_nearest_line, successive calls to
8441 bfd_find_inliner_info can be used to get source information about
8442 each level of function inlining that terminated at the address
8443 passed to bfd_find_nearest_line. Currently this is only supported
8444 for DWARF2 with appropriate DWARF3 extensions. */
8447 _bfd_elf_find_inliner_info (bfd
*abfd
,
8448 const char **filename_ptr
,
8449 const char **functionname_ptr
,
8450 unsigned int *line_ptr
)
8453 found
= _bfd_dwarf2_find_inliner_info (abfd
, filename_ptr
,
8454 functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
,
8455 & elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
8460 _bfd_elf_sizeof_headers (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
8462 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8463 int ret
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
8465 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
8467 bfd_size_type phdr_size
= elf_program_header_size (abfd
);
8469 if (phdr_size
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
8471 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
8474 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
8475 phdr_size
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
8478 phdr_size
= get_program_header_size (abfd
, info
);
8481 elf_program_header_size (abfd
) = phdr_size
;
8489 _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (bfd
*abfd
,
8491 const void *location
,
8493 bfd_size_type count
)
8495 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
8498 if (! abfd
->output_has_begun
8499 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd
, NULL
))
8505 hdr
= &elf_section_data (section
)->this_hdr
;
8506 if (hdr
->sh_offset
== (file_ptr
) -1)
8508 /* We must compress this section. Write output to the buffer. */
8509 unsigned char *contents
= hdr
->contents
;
8510 if ((offset
+ count
) > hdr
->sh_size
8511 || (section
->flags
& SEC_ELF_COMPRESS
) == 0
8512 || contents
== NULL
)
8514 memcpy (contents
+ offset
, location
, count
);
8517 pos
= hdr
->sh_offset
+ offset
;
8518 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
8519 || bfd_bwrite (location
, count
, abfd
) != count
)
8526 _bfd_elf_no_info_to_howto (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8527 arelent
*cache_ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8528 Elf_Internal_Rela
*dst ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
8533 /* Try to convert a non-ELF reloc into an ELF one. */
8536 _bfd_elf_validate_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*areloc
)
8538 /* Check whether we really have an ELF howto. */
8540 if ((*areloc
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->the_bfd
->xvec
!= abfd
->xvec
)
8542 bfd_reloc_code_real_type code
;
8543 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
8545 /* Alien reloc: Try to determine its type to replace it with an
8546 equivalent ELF reloc. */
8548 if (areloc
->howto
->pc_relative
)
8550 switch (areloc
->howto
->bitsize
)
8553 code
= BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL
;
8556 code
= BFD_RELOC_12_PCREL
;
8559 code
= BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL
;
8562 code
= BFD_RELOC_24_PCREL
;
8565 code
= BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL
;
8568 code
= BFD_RELOC_64_PCREL
;
8574 howto
= bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd
, code
);
8576 if (areloc
->howto
->pcrel_offset
!= howto
->pcrel_offset
)
8578 if (howto
->pcrel_offset
)
8579 areloc
->addend
+= areloc
->address
;
8581 areloc
->addend
-= areloc
->address
; /* addend is unsigned!! */
8586 switch (areloc
->howto
->bitsize
)
8592 code
= BFD_RELOC_14
;
8595 code
= BFD_RELOC_16
;
8598 code
= BFD_RELOC_26
;
8601 code
= BFD_RELOC_32
;
8604 code
= BFD_RELOC_64
;
8610 howto
= bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd
, code
);
8614 areloc
->howto
= howto
;
8622 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
8623 (_("%B: unsupported relocation type %s"),
8624 abfd
, areloc
->howto
->name
);
8625 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8630 _bfd_elf_close_and_cleanup (bfd
*abfd
)
8632 struct elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
8633 if (bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
&& tdata
!= NULL
)
8635 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->o
!= NULL
&& elf_shstrtab (abfd
) != NULL
)
8636 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
8637 _bfd_dwarf2_cleanup_debug_info (abfd
, &tdata
->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
8640 return _bfd_generic_close_and_cleanup (abfd
);
8643 /* For Rel targets, we encode meaningful data for BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY
8644 in the relocation's offset. Thus we cannot allow any sort of sanity
8645 range-checking to interfere. There is nothing else to do in processing
8648 bfd_reloc_status_type
8649 _bfd_elf_rel_vtable_reloc_fn
8650 (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, arelent
*re ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8651 struct bfd_symbol
*symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8652 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, asection
*is ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8653 bfd
*obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, char **errmsg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
8655 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
8658 /* Elf core file support. Much of this only works on native
8659 toolchains, since we rely on knowing the
8660 machine-dependent procfs structure in order to pick
8661 out details about the corefile. */
8663 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_PROCFS_H
8664 /* Needed for new procfs interface on sparc-solaris. */
8665 # define _STRUCTURED_PROC 1
8666 # include <sys/procfs.h>
8669 /* Return a PID that identifies a "thread" for threaded cores, or the
8670 PID of the main process for non-threaded cores. */
8673 elfcore_make_pid (bfd
*abfd
)
8677 pid
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
;
8679 pid
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
;
8684 /* If there isn't a section called NAME, make one, using
8685 data from SECT. Note, this function will generate a
8686 reference to NAME, so you shouldn't deallocate or
8690 elfcore_maybe_make_sect (bfd
*abfd
, char *name
, asection
*sect
)
8694 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
) != NULL
)
8697 sect2
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, name
, sect
->flags
);
8701 sect2
->size
= sect
->size
;
8702 sect2
->filepos
= sect
->filepos
;
8703 sect2
->alignment_power
= sect
->alignment_power
;
8707 /* Create a pseudosection containing SIZE bytes at FILEPOS. This
8708 actually creates up to two pseudosections:
8709 - For the single-threaded case, a section named NAME, unless
8710 such a section already exists.
8711 - For the multi-threaded case, a section named "NAME/PID", where
8712 PID is elfcore_make_pid (abfd).
8713 Both pseudosections have identical contents. */
8715 _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (bfd
*abfd
,
8721 char *threaded_name
;
8725 /* Build the section name. */
8727 sprintf (buf
, "%s/%d", name
, elfcore_make_pid (abfd
));
8728 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
8729 threaded_name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
8730 if (threaded_name
== NULL
)
8732 memcpy (threaded_name
, buf
, len
);
8734 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, threaded_name
,
8739 sect
->filepos
= filepos
;
8740 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
8742 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, name
, sect
);
8745 /* prstatus_t exists on:
8747 linux 2.[01] + glibc
8751 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
8754 elfcore_grok_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8759 if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (prstatus_t
))
8763 size
= sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
);
8764 offset
= offsetof (prstatus_t
, pr_reg
);
8765 memcpy (&prstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (prstat
));
8767 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
8768 has already been set by another thread. */
8769 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
== 0)
8770 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= prstat
.pr_cursig
;
8771 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
== 0)
8772 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
8774 /* pr_who exists on:
8777 pr_who doesn't exist on:
8780 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T_PR_WHO)
8781 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= prstat
.pr_who
;
8783 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
8786 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T)
8787 else if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (prstatus32_t
))
8789 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
8790 prstatus32_t prstat
;
8792 size
= sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
);
8793 offset
= offsetof (prstatus32_t
, pr_reg
);
8794 memcpy (&prstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (prstat
));
8796 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
8797 has already been set by another thread. */
8798 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
== 0)
8799 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= prstat
.pr_cursig
;
8800 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
== 0)
8801 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
8803 /* pr_who exists on:
8806 pr_who doesn't exist on:
8809 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T_PR_WHO)
8810 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= prstat
.pr_who
;
8812 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
8815 #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T */
8818 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
8819 note size (ie. data object type). */
8823 /* Make a ".reg/999" section and a ".reg" section. */
8824 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg",
8825 size
, note
->descpos
+ offset
);
8827 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T) */
8829 /* Create a pseudosection containing the exact contents of NOTE. */
8831 elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (bfd
*abfd
,
8833 Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8835 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, name
,
8836 note
->descsz
, note
->descpos
);
8839 /* There isn't a consistent prfpregset_t across platforms,
8840 but it doesn't matter, because we don't have to pick this
8841 data structure apart. */
8844 elfcore_grok_prfpreg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8846 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
8849 /* Linux dumps the Intel SSE regs in a note named "LINUX" with a note
8850 type of NT_PRXFPREG. Just include the whole note's contents
8854 elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8856 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-xfp", note
);
8859 /* Linux dumps the Intel XSAVE extended state in a note named "LINUX"
8860 with a note type of NT_X86_XSTATE. Just include the whole note's
8861 contents literally. */
8864 elfcore_grok_xstatereg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8866 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-xstate", note
);
8870 elfcore_grok_ppc_vmx (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8872 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-vmx", note
);
8876 elfcore_grok_ppc_vsx (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8878 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-vsx", note
);
8882 elfcore_grok_s390_high_gprs (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8884 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-high-gprs", note
);
8888 elfcore_grok_s390_timer (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8890 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-timer", note
);
8894 elfcore_grok_s390_todcmp (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8896 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-todcmp", note
);
8900 elfcore_grok_s390_todpreg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8902 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-todpreg", note
);
8906 elfcore_grok_s390_ctrs (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8908 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-ctrs", note
);
8912 elfcore_grok_s390_prefix (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8914 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-prefix", note
);
8918 elfcore_grok_s390_last_break (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8920 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-last-break", note
);
8924 elfcore_grok_s390_system_call (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8926 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-system-call", note
);
8930 elfcore_grok_s390_tdb (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8932 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-tdb", note
);
8936 elfcore_grok_s390_vxrs_low (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8938 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-vxrs-low", note
);
8942 elfcore_grok_s390_vxrs_high (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8944 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-vxrs-high", note
);
8948 elfcore_grok_arm_vfp (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8950 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-arm-vfp", note
);
8954 elfcore_grok_aarch_tls (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8956 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-aarch-tls", note
);
8960 elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_break (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8962 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-aarch-hw-break", note
);
8966 elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_watch (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8968 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-aarch-hw-watch", note
);
8971 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T)
8972 typedef prpsinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t
;
8973 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
8974 typedef prpsinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t
;
8978 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
8979 typedef psinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t
;
8980 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
8981 typedef psinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t
;
8985 /* return a malloc'ed copy of a string at START which is at
8986 most MAX bytes long, possibly without a terminating '\0'.
8987 the copy will always have a terminating '\0'. */
8990 _bfd_elfcore_strndup (bfd
*abfd
, char *start
, size_t max
)
8993 char *end
= (char *) memchr (start
, '\0', max
);
9001 dups
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
+ 1);
9005 memcpy (dups
, start
, len
);
9011 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
9013 elfcore_grok_psinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9015 if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (elfcore_psinfo_t
))
9017 elfcore_psinfo_t psinfo
;
9019 memcpy (&psinfo
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (psinfo
));
9021 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T_PR_PID) || defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T_PR_PID)
9022 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= psinfo
.pr_pid
;
9024 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->program
9025 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_fname
,
9026 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_fname
));
9028 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
9029 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_psargs
,
9030 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_psargs
));
9032 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
9033 else if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (elfcore_psinfo32_t
))
9035 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
9036 elfcore_psinfo32_t psinfo
;
9038 memcpy (&psinfo
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (psinfo
));
9040 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T_PR_PID) || defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T_PR_PID)
9041 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= psinfo
.pr_pid
;
9043 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->program
9044 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_fname
,
9045 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_fname
));
9047 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
9048 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_psargs
,
9049 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_psargs
));
9055 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
9056 note size (ie. data object type). */
9060 /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
9061 onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
9062 implementations, so strip it off if it exists. */
9065 char *command
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
;
9066 int n
= strlen (command
);
9068 if (0 < n
&& command
[n
- 1] == ' ')
9069 command
[n
- 1] = '\0';
9074 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) */
9076 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
9078 elfcore_grok_pstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9080 if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (pstatus_t
)
9081 #if defined (HAVE_PXSTATUS_T)
9082 || note
->descsz
== sizeof (pxstatus_t
)
9088 memcpy (&pstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (pstat
));
9090 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= pstat
.pr_pid
;
9092 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T)
9093 else if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (pstatus32_t
))
9095 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
9098 memcpy (&pstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (pstat
));
9100 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= pstat
.pr_pid
;
9103 /* Could grab some more details from the "representative"
9104 lwpstatus_t in pstat.pr_lwp, but we'll catch it all in an
9105 NT_LWPSTATUS note, presumably. */
9109 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T) */
9111 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
9113 elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9115 lwpstatus_t lwpstat
;
9121 if (note
->descsz
!= sizeof (lwpstat
)
9122 #if defined (HAVE_LWPXSTATUS_T)
9123 && note
->descsz
!= sizeof (lwpxstatus_t
)
9128 memcpy (&lwpstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (lwpstat
));
9130 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= lwpstat
.pr_lwpid
;
9131 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it has already been set by
9133 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
== 0)
9134 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= lwpstat
.pr_cursig
;
9136 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
9138 sprintf (buf
, ".reg/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd
));
9139 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
9140 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
9143 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
9145 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
9149 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
9150 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
);
9151 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
9152 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
);
9155 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
9156 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_reg
);
9157 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_reg
);
9160 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
9162 if (!elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".reg", sect
))
9165 /* Make a ".reg2/999" section */
9167 sprintf (buf
, ".reg2/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd
));
9168 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
9169 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
9172 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
9174 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
9178 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
9179 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.fpregs
);
9180 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
9181 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.fpregs
);
9184 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_FPREG)
9185 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_fpreg
);
9186 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_fpreg
);
9189 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
9191 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".reg2", sect
);
9193 #endif /* defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T) */
9196 elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9203 int is_active_thread
;
9206 if (note
->descsz
< 728)
9209 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (note
->namedata
, "win32"))
9212 type
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
);
9216 case 1 /* NOTE_INFO_PROCESS */:
9217 /* FIXME: need to add ->core->command. */
9218 /* process_info.pid */
9219 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 8);
9220 /* process_info.signal */
9221 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 12);
9224 case 2 /* NOTE_INFO_THREAD */:
9225 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
9226 /* thread_info.tid */
9227 sprintf (buf
, ".reg/%ld", (long) bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 8));
9229 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
9230 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
9234 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
9236 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
9240 /* sizeof (thread_info.thread_context) */
9242 /* offsetof (thread_info.thread_context) */
9243 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ 12;
9244 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
9246 /* thread_info.is_active_thread */
9247 is_active_thread
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 8);
9249 if (is_active_thread
)
9250 if (! elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".reg", sect
))
9254 case 3 /* NOTE_INFO_MODULE */:
9255 /* Make a ".module/xxxxxxxx" section. */
9256 /* module_info.base_address */
9257 base_addr
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 4);
9258 sprintf (buf
, ".module/%08lx", (unsigned long) base_addr
);
9260 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
9261 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
9265 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
9267 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
9272 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
9273 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
9274 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
9285 elfcore_grok_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9287 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
9295 if (bed
->elf_backend_grok_prstatus
)
9296 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_grok_prstatus
) (abfd
, note
))
9298 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
9299 return elfcore_grok_prstatus (abfd
, note
);
9304 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
9306 return elfcore_grok_pstatus (abfd
, note
);
9309 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
9311 return elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (abfd
, note
);
9314 case NT_FPREGSET
: /* FIXME: rename to NT_PRFPREG */
9315 return elfcore_grok_prfpreg (abfd
, note
);
9317 case NT_WIN32PSTATUS
:
9318 return elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (abfd
, note
);
9320 case NT_PRXFPREG
: /* Linux SSE extension */
9321 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9322 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9323 return elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (abfd
, note
);
9327 case NT_X86_XSTATE
: /* Linux XSAVE extension */
9328 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9329 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9330 return elfcore_grok_xstatereg (abfd
, note
);
9331 else if (note
->namesz
== 8
9332 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "FreeBSD") == 0)
9333 return elfcore_grok_xstatereg (abfd
, note
);
9338 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9339 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9340 return elfcore_grok_ppc_vmx (abfd
, note
);
9345 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9346 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9347 return elfcore_grok_ppc_vsx (abfd
, note
);
9351 case NT_S390_HIGH_GPRS
:
9352 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9353 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9354 return elfcore_grok_s390_high_gprs (abfd
, note
);
9359 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9360 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9361 return elfcore_grok_s390_timer (abfd
, note
);
9365 case NT_S390_TODCMP
:
9366 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9367 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9368 return elfcore_grok_s390_todcmp (abfd
, note
);
9372 case NT_S390_TODPREG
:
9373 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9374 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9375 return elfcore_grok_s390_todpreg (abfd
, note
);
9380 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9381 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9382 return elfcore_grok_s390_ctrs (abfd
, note
);
9386 case NT_S390_PREFIX
:
9387 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9388 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9389 return elfcore_grok_s390_prefix (abfd
, note
);
9393 case NT_S390_LAST_BREAK
:
9394 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9395 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9396 return elfcore_grok_s390_last_break (abfd
, note
);
9400 case NT_S390_SYSTEM_CALL
:
9401 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9402 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9403 return elfcore_grok_s390_system_call (abfd
, note
);
9408 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9409 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9410 return elfcore_grok_s390_tdb (abfd
, note
);
9414 case NT_S390_VXRS_LOW
:
9415 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9416 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9417 return elfcore_grok_s390_vxrs_low (abfd
, note
);
9421 case NT_S390_VXRS_HIGH
:
9422 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9423 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9424 return elfcore_grok_s390_vxrs_high (abfd
, note
);
9429 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9430 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9431 return elfcore_grok_arm_vfp (abfd
, note
);
9436 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9437 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9438 return elfcore_grok_aarch_tls (abfd
, note
);
9442 case NT_ARM_HW_BREAK
:
9443 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9444 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9445 return elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_break (abfd
, note
);
9449 case NT_ARM_HW_WATCH
:
9450 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9451 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9452 return elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_watch (abfd
, note
);
9458 if (bed
->elf_backend_grok_psinfo
)
9459 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_grok_psinfo
) (abfd
, note
))
9461 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
9462 return elfcore_grok_psinfo (abfd
, note
);
9469 asection
*sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".auxv",
9474 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
9475 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
9476 sect
->alignment_power
= 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 32;
9482 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.linuxcore.file",
9486 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.linuxcore.siginfo",
9489 case NT_FREEBSD_THRMISC
:
9490 if (note
->namesz
== 8
9491 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "FreeBSD") == 0)
9492 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".thrmisc", note
);
9499 elfobj_grok_gnu_build_id (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9501 struct bfd_build_id
* build_id
;
9503 if (note
->descsz
== 0)
9506 build_id
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (struct bfd_build_id
) - 1 + note
->descsz
);
9507 if (build_id
== NULL
)
9510 build_id
->size
= note
->descsz
;
9511 memcpy (build_id
->data
, note
->descdata
, note
->descsz
);
9512 abfd
->build_id
= build_id
;
9518 elfobj_grok_gnu_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9525 case NT_GNU_BUILD_ID
:
9526 return elfobj_grok_gnu_build_id (abfd
, note
);
9531 elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note_1 (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9533 struct sdt_note
*cur
=
9534 (struct sdt_note
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (struct sdt_note
)
9537 cur
->next
= (struct sdt_note
*) (elf_tdata (abfd
))->sdt_note_head
;
9538 cur
->size
= (bfd_size_type
) note
->descsz
;
9539 memcpy (cur
->data
, note
->descdata
, note
->descsz
);
9541 elf_tdata (abfd
)->sdt_note_head
= cur
;
9547 elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9552 return elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note_1 (abfd
, note
);
9560 elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (Elf_Internal_Note
*note
, int *lwpidp
)
9564 cp
= strchr (note
->namedata
, '@');
9567 *lwpidp
= atoi(cp
+ 1);
9574 elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9576 /* Signal number at offset 0x08. */
9577 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
9578 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x08);
9580 /* Process ID at offset 0x50. */
9581 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
9582 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x50);
9584 /* Command name at 0x7c (max 32 bytes, including nul). */
9585 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
9586 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 0x7c, 31);
9588 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.netbsdcore.procinfo",
9593 elfcore_grok_netbsd_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9597 if (elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (note
, &lwp
))
9598 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= lwp
;
9600 if (note
->type
== NT_NETBSDCORE_PROCINFO
)
9602 /* NetBSD-specific core "procinfo". Note that we expect to
9603 find this note before any of the others, which is fine,
9604 since the kernel writes this note out first when it
9605 creates a core file. */
9607 return elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (abfd
, note
);
9610 /* As of Jan 2002 there are no other machine-independent notes
9611 defined for NetBSD core files. If the note type is less
9612 than the start of the machine-dependent note types, we don't
9615 if (note
->type
< NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
)
9619 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd
))
9621 /* On the Alpha, SPARC (32-bit and 64-bit), PT_GETREGS == mach+0 and
9622 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+2. */
9624 case bfd_arch_alpha
:
9625 case bfd_arch_sparc
:
9628 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+0:
9629 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
9631 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+2:
9632 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
9638 /* On all other arch's, PT_GETREGS == mach+1 and
9639 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+3. */
9644 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+1:
9645 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
9647 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+3:
9648 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
9658 elfcore_grok_openbsd_procinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9660 /* Signal number at offset 0x08. */
9661 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
9662 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x08);
9664 /* Process ID at offset 0x20. */
9665 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
9666 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x20);
9668 /* Command name at 0x48 (max 32 bytes, including nul). */
9669 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
9670 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 0x48, 31);
9676 elfcore_grok_openbsd_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9678 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_PROCINFO
)
9679 return elfcore_grok_openbsd_procinfo (abfd
, note
);
9681 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_REGS
)
9682 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
9684 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_FPREGS
)
9685 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
9687 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_XFPREGS
)
9688 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-xfp", note
);
9690 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_AUXV
)
9692 asection
*sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".auxv",
9697 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
9698 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
9699 sect
->alignment_power
= 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 32;
9704 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_WCOOKIE
)
9706 asection
*sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".wcookie",
9711 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
9712 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
9713 sect
->alignment_power
= 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 32;
9722 elfcore_grok_nto_status (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
, long *tid
)
9724 void *ddata
= note
->descdata
;
9731 /* nto_procfs_status 'pid' field is at offset 0. */
9732 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
);
9734 /* nto_procfs_status 'tid' field is at offset 4. Pass it back. */
9735 *tid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
+ 4);
9737 /* nto_procfs_status 'flags' field is at offset 8. */
9738 flags
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
+ 8);
9740 /* nto_procfs_status 'what' field is at offset 14. */
9741 if ((sig
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
+ 14)) > 0)
9743 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= sig
;
9744 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= *tid
;
9747 /* _DEBUG_FLAG_CURTID (current thread) is 0x80. Some cores
9748 do not come from signals so we make sure we set the current
9749 thread just in case. */
9750 if (flags
& 0x00000080)
9751 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= *tid
;
9753 /* Make a ".qnx_core_status/%d" section. */
9754 sprintf (buf
, ".qnx_core_status/%ld", *tid
);
9756 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, strlen (buf
) + 1);
9761 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
9765 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
9766 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
9767 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
9769 return (elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".qnx_core_status", sect
));
9773 elfcore_grok_nto_regs (bfd
*abfd
,
9774 Elf_Internal_Note
*note
,
9782 /* Make a "(base)/%d" section. */
9783 sprintf (buf
, "%s/%ld", base
, tid
);
9785 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, strlen (buf
) + 1);
9790 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
9794 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
9795 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
9796 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
9798 /* This is the current thread. */
9799 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
== tid
)
9800 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, base
, sect
);
9805 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO 7
9806 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS 8
9807 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG 9
9808 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG 10
9811 elfcore_grok_nto_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9813 /* Every GREG section has a STATUS section before it. Store the
9814 tid from the previous call to pass down to the next gregs
9816 static long tid
= 1;
9820 case BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO
:
9821 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".qnx_core_info", note
);
9822 case BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS
:
9823 return elfcore_grok_nto_status (abfd
, note
, &tid
);
9824 case BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG
:
9825 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd
, note
, tid
, ".reg");
9826 case BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG
:
9827 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd
, note
, tid
, ".reg2");
9834 elfcore_grok_spu_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9840 /* Use note name as section name. */
9842 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
9845 memcpy (name
, note
->namedata
, len
);
9846 name
[len
- 1] = '\0';
9848 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
9852 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
9853 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
9854 sect
->alignment_power
= 1;
9859 /* Function: elfcore_write_note
9862 buffer to hold note, and current size of buffer
9866 size of data for note
9868 Writes note to end of buffer. ELF64 notes are written exactly as
9869 for ELF32, despite the current (as of 2006) ELF gabi specifying
9870 that they ought to have 8-byte namesz and descsz field, and have
9871 8-byte alignment. Other writers, eg. Linux kernel, do the same.
9874 Pointer to realloc'd buffer, *BUFSIZ updated. */
9877 elfcore_write_note (bfd
*abfd
,
9885 Elf_External_Note
*xnp
;
9892 namesz
= strlen (name
) + 1;
9894 newspace
= 12 + ((namesz
+ 3) & -4) + ((size
+ 3) & -4);
9896 buf
= (char *) realloc (buf
, *bufsiz
+ newspace
);
9899 dest
= buf
+ *bufsiz
;
9900 *bufsiz
+= newspace
;
9901 xnp
= (Elf_External_Note
*) dest
;
9902 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, namesz
, xnp
->namesz
);
9903 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, size
, xnp
->descsz
);
9904 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, type
, xnp
->type
);
9908 memcpy (dest
, name
, namesz
);
9916 memcpy (dest
, input
, size
);
9927 elfcore_write_prpsinfo (bfd
*abfd
,
9933 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
9935 if (bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
!= NULL
)
9938 ret
= (*bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
) (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9939 NT_PRPSINFO
, fname
, psargs
);
9944 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
9945 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
9946 if (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS32
)
9948 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
9950 int note_type
= NT_PSINFO
;
9953 int note_type
= NT_PRPSINFO
;
9956 memset (&data
, 0, sizeof (data
));
9957 strncpy (data
.pr_fname
, fname
, sizeof (data
.pr_fname
));
9958 strncpy (data
.pr_psargs
, psargs
, sizeof (data
.pr_psargs
));
9959 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9960 "CORE", note_type
, &data
, sizeof (data
));
9965 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
9967 int note_type
= NT_PSINFO
;
9970 int note_type
= NT_PRPSINFO
;
9973 memset (&data
, 0, sizeof (data
));
9974 strncpy (data
.pr_fname
, fname
, sizeof (data
.pr_fname
));
9975 strncpy (data
.pr_psargs
, psargs
, sizeof (data
.pr_psargs
));
9976 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9977 "CORE", note_type
, &data
, sizeof (data
));
9979 #endif /* PSINFO_T or PRPSINFO_T */
9986 elfcore_write_linux_prpsinfo32
9987 (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, int *bufsiz
,
9988 const struct elf_internal_linux_prpsinfo
*prpsinfo
)
9990 struct elf_external_linux_prpsinfo32 data
;
9992 swap_linux_prpsinfo32_out (abfd
, prpsinfo
, &data
);
9993 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, "CORE", NT_PRPSINFO
,
9994 &data
, sizeof (data
));
9998 elfcore_write_linux_prpsinfo64
9999 (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, int *bufsiz
,
10000 const struct elf_internal_linux_prpsinfo
*prpsinfo
)
10002 struct elf_external_linux_prpsinfo64 data
;
10004 swap_linux_prpsinfo64_out (abfd
, prpsinfo
, &data
);
10005 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10006 "CORE", NT_PRPSINFO
, &data
, sizeof (data
));
10010 elfcore_write_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
,
10017 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
10019 if (bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
!= NULL
)
10022 ret
= (*bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
) (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10024 pid
, cursig
, gregs
);
10029 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
10030 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T)
10031 if (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS32
)
10033 prstatus32_t prstat
;
10035 memset (&prstat
, 0, sizeof (prstat
));
10036 prstat
.pr_pid
= pid
;
10037 prstat
.pr_cursig
= cursig
;
10038 memcpy (&prstat
.pr_reg
, gregs
, sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
));
10039 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, "CORE",
10040 NT_PRSTATUS
, &prstat
, sizeof (prstat
));
10047 memset (&prstat
, 0, sizeof (prstat
));
10048 prstat
.pr_pid
= pid
;
10049 prstat
.pr_cursig
= cursig
;
10050 memcpy (&prstat
.pr_reg
, gregs
, sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
));
10051 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, "CORE",
10052 NT_PRSTATUS
, &prstat
, sizeof (prstat
));
10054 #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS_T */
10060 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
10062 elfcore_write_lwpstatus (bfd
*abfd
,
10069 lwpstatus_t lwpstat
;
10070 const char *note_name
= "CORE";
10072 memset (&lwpstat
, 0, sizeof (lwpstat
));
10073 lwpstat
.pr_lwpid
= pid
>> 16;
10074 lwpstat
.pr_cursig
= cursig
;
10075 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
10076 memcpy (&lwpstat
.pr_reg
, gregs
, sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_reg
));
10077 #elif defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
10078 #if !defined(gregs)
10079 memcpy (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
,
10080 gregs
, sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
));
10082 memcpy (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.__gregs
,
10083 gregs
, sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.__gregs
));
10086 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, note_name
,
10087 NT_LWPSTATUS
, &lwpstat
, sizeof (lwpstat
));
10089 #endif /* HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T */
10091 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
10093 elfcore_write_pstatus (bfd
*abfd
,
10097 int cursig ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
10098 const void *gregs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
10100 const char *note_name
= "CORE";
10101 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T)
10102 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
10104 if (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS32
)
10108 memset (&pstat
, 0, sizeof (pstat
));
10109 pstat
.pr_pid
= pid
& 0xffff;
10110 buf
= elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, note_name
,
10111 NT_PSTATUS
, &pstat
, sizeof (pstat
));
10119 memset (&pstat
, 0, sizeof (pstat
));
10120 pstat
.pr_pid
= pid
& 0xffff;
10121 buf
= elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, note_name
,
10122 NT_PSTATUS
, &pstat
, sizeof (pstat
));
10126 #endif /* HAVE_PSTATUS_T */
10129 elfcore_write_prfpreg (bfd
*abfd
,
10132 const void *fpregs
,
10135 const char *note_name
= "CORE";
10136 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10137 note_name
, NT_FPREGSET
, fpregs
, size
);
10141 elfcore_write_prxfpreg (bfd
*abfd
,
10144 const void *xfpregs
,
10147 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
10148 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10149 note_name
, NT_PRXFPREG
, xfpregs
, size
);
10153 elfcore_write_xstatereg (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, int *bufsiz
,
10154 const void *xfpregs
, int size
)
10157 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_osabi
== ELFOSABI_FREEBSD
)
10158 note_name
= "FreeBSD";
10160 note_name
= "LINUX";
10161 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10162 note_name
, NT_X86_XSTATE
, xfpregs
, size
);
10166 elfcore_write_ppc_vmx (bfd
*abfd
,
10169 const void *ppc_vmx
,
10172 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
10173 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10174 note_name
, NT_PPC_VMX
, ppc_vmx
, size
);
10178 elfcore_write_ppc_vsx (bfd
*abfd
,
10181 const void *ppc_vsx
,
10184 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
10185 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10186 note_name
, NT_PPC_VSX
, ppc_vsx
, size
);
10190 elfcore_write_s390_high_gprs (bfd
*abfd
,
10193 const void *s390_high_gprs
,
10196 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
10197 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10198 note_name
, NT_S390_HIGH_GPRS
,
10199 s390_high_gprs
, size
);
10203 elfcore_write_s390_timer (bfd
*abfd
,
10206 const void *s390_timer
,
10209 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
10210 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10211 note_name
, NT_S390_TIMER
, s390_timer
, size
);
10215 elfcore_write_s390_todcmp (bfd
*abfd
,
10218 const void *s390_todcmp
,
10221 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
10222 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10223 note_name
, NT_S390_TODCMP
, s390_todcmp
, size
);
10227 elfcore_write_s390_todpreg (bfd
*abfd
,
10230 const void *s390_todpreg
,
10233 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
10234 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10235 note_name
, NT_S390_TODPREG
, s390_todpreg
, size
);
10239 elfcore_write_s390_ctrs (bfd
*abfd
,
10242 const void *s390_ctrs
,
10245 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
10246 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10247 note_name
, NT_S390_CTRS
, s390_ctrs
, size
);
10251 elfcore_write_s390_prefix (bfd
*abfd
,
10254 const void *s390_prefix
,
10257 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
10258 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10259 note_name
, NT_S390_PREFIX
, s390_prefix
, size
);
10263 elfcore_write_s390_last_break (bfd
*abfd
,
10266 const void *s390_last_break
,
10269 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
10270 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10271 note_name
, NT_S390_LAST_BREAK
,
10272 s390_last_break
, size
);
10276 elfcore_write_s390_system_call (bfd
*abfd
,
10279 const void *s390_system_call
,
10282 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
10283 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10284 note_name
, NT_S390_SYSTEM_CALL
,
10285 s390_system_call
, size
);
10289 elfcore_write_s390_tdb (bfd
*abfd
,
10292 const void *s390_tdb
,
10295 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
10296 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10297 note_name
, NT_S390_TDB
, s390_tdb
, size
);
10301 elfcore_write_s390_vxrs_low (bfd
*abfd
,
10304 const void *s390_vxrs_low
,
10307 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
10308 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10309 note_name
, NT_S390_VXRS_LOW
, s390_vxrs_low
, size
);
10313 elfcore_write_s390_vxrs_high (bfd
*abfd
,
10316 const void *s390_vxrs_high
,
10319 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
10320 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10321 note_name
, NT_S390_VXRS_HIGH
,
10322 s390_vxrs_high
, size
);
10326 elfcore_write_arm_vfp (bfd
*abfd
,
10329 const void *arm_vfp
,
10332 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
10333 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10334 note_name
, NT_ARM_VFP
, arm_vfp
, size
);
10338 elfcore_write_aarch_tls (bfd
*abfd
,
10341 const void *aarch_tls
,
10344 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
10345 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10346 note_name
, NT_ARM_TLS
, aarch_tls
, size
);
10350 elfcore_write_aarch_hw_break (bfd
*abfd
,
10353 const void *aarch_hw_break
,
10356 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
10357 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10358 note_name
, NT_ARM_HW_BREAK
, aarch_hw_break
, size
);
10362 elfcore_write_aarch_hw_watch (bfd
*abfd
,
10365 const void *aarch_hw_watch
,
10368 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
10369 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10370 note_name
, NT_ARM_HW_WATCH
, aarch_hw_watch
, size
);
10374 elfcore_write_register_note (bfd
*abfd
,
10377 const char *section
,
10381 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg2") == 0)
10382 return elfcore_write_prfpreg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
10383 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-xfp") == 0)
10384 return elfcore_write_prxfpreg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
10385 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-xstate") == 0)
10386 return elfcore_write_xstatereg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
10387 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-vmx") == 0)
10388 return elfcore_write_ppc_vmx (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
10389 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-vsx") == 0)
10390 return elfcore_write_ppc_vsx (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
10391 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-high-gprs") == 0)
10392 return elfcore_write_s390_high_gprs (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
10393 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-timer") == 0)
10394 return elfcore_write_s390_timer (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
10395 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-todcmp") == 0)
10396 return elfcore_write_s390_todcmp (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
10397 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-todpreg") == 0)
10398 return elfcore_write_s390_todpreg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
10399 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-ctrs") == 0)
10400 return elfcore_write_s390_ctrs (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
10401 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-prefix") == 0)
10402 return elfcore_write_s390_prefix (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
10403 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-last-break") == 0)
10404 return elfcore_write_s390_last_break (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
10405 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-system-call") == 0)
10406 return elfcore_write_s390_system_call (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
10407 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-tdb") == 0)
10408 return elfcore_write_s390_tdb (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
10409 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-vxrs-low") == 0)
10410 return elfcore_write_s390_vxrs_low (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
10411 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-vxrs-high") == 0)
10412 return elfcore_write_s390_vxrs_high (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
10413 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-arm-vfp") == 0)
10414 return elfcore_write_arm_vfp (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
10415 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-aarch-tls") == 0)
10416 return elfcore_write_aarch_tls (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
10417 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-aarch-hw-break") == 0)
10418 return elfcore_write_aarch_hw_break (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
10419 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-aarch-hw-watch") == 0)
10420 return elfcore_write_aarch_hw_watch (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
10425 elf_parse_notes (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, size_t size
, file_ptr offset
)
10430 while (p
< buf
+ size
)
10432 /* FIXME: bad alignment assumption. */
10433 Elf_External_Note
*xnp
= (Elf_External_Note
*) p
;
10434 Elf_Internal_Note in
;
10436 if (offsetof (Elf_External_Note
, name
) > buf
- p
+ size
)
10439 in
.type
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, xnp
->type
);
10441 in
.namesz
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, xnp
->namesz
);
10442 in
.namedata
= xnp
->name
;
10443 if (in
.namesz
> buf
- in
.namedata
+ size
)
10446 in
.descsz
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, xnp
->descsz
);
10447 in
.descdata
= in
.namedata
+ BFD_ALIGN (in
.namesz
, 4);
10448 in
.descpos
= offset
+ (in
.descdata
- buf
);
10450 && (in
.descdata
>= buf
+ size
10451 || in
.descsz
> buf
- in
.descdata
+ size
))
10454 switch (bfd_get_format (abfd
))
10461 #define GROKER_ELEMENT(S,F) {S, sizeof (S) - 1, F}
10464 const char * string
;
10466 bfd_boolean (* func
)(bfd
*, Elf_Internal_Note
*);
10470 GROKER_ELEMENT ("", elfcore_grok_note
),
10471 GROKER_ELEMENT ("NetBSD-CORE", elfcore_grok_netbsd_note
),
10472 GROKER_ELEMENT ( "OpenBSD", elfcore_grok_openbsd_note
),
10473 GROKER_ELEMENT ("QNX", elfcore_grok_nto_note
),
10474 GROKER_ELEMENT ("SPU/", elfcore_grok_spu_note
)
10476 #undef GROKER_ELEMENT
10479 for (i
= ARRAY_SIZE (grokers
); i
--;)
10481 if (in
.namesz
>= grokers
[i
].len
10482 && strncmp (in
.namedata
, grokers
[i
].string
,
10483 grokers
[i
].len
) == 0)
10485 if (! grokers
[i
].func (abfd
, & in
))
10494 if (in
.namesz
== sizeof "GNU" && strcmp (in
.namedata
, "GNU") == 0)
10496 if (! elfobj_grok_gnu_note (abfd
, &in
))
10499 else if (in
.namesz
== sizeof "stapsdt"
10500 && strcmp (in
.namedata
, "stapsdt") == 0)
10502 if (! elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note (abfd
, &in
))
10508 p
= in
.descdata
+ BFD_ALIGN (in
.descsz
, 4);
10515 elf_read_notes (bfd
*abfd
, file_ptr offset
, bfd_size_type size
)
10522 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
10525 buf
= (char *) bfd_malloc (size
+ 1);
10529 /* PR 17512: file: ec08f814
10530 0-termintate the buffer so that string searches will not overflow. */
10533 if (bfd_bread (buf
, size
, abfd
) != size
10534 || !elf_parse_notes (abfd
, buf
, size
, offset
))
10544 /* Providing external access to the ELF program header table. */
10546 /* Return an upper bound on the number of bytes required to store a
10547 copy of ABFD's program header table entries. Return -1 if an error
10548 occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
10551 bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
10553 if (abfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
10555 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
10559 return elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr
);
10562 /* Copy ABFD's program header table entries to *PHDRS. The entries
10563 will be stored as an array of Elf_Internal_Phdr structures, as
10564 defined in include/elf/internal.h. To find out how large the
10565 buffer needs to be, call bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound.
10567 Return the number of program header table entries read, or -1 if an
10568 error occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
10571 bfd_get_elf_phdrs (bfd
*abfd
, void *phdrs
)
10575 if (abfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
10577 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
10581 num_phdrs
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
;
10582 memcpy (phdrs
, elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
,
10583 num_phdrs
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr
));
10588 enum elf_reloc_type_class
10589 _bfd_elf_reloc_type_class (const struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
10590 const asection
*rel_sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
10591 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rela ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
10593 return reloc_class_normal
;
10596 /* For RELA architectures, return the relocation value for a
10597 relocation against a local symbol. */
10600 _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (bfd
*abfd
,
10601 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
10603 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
10605 asection
*sec
= *psec
;
10606 bfd_vma relocation
;
10608 relocation
= (sec
->output_section
->vma
10609 + sec
->output_offset
10611 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
10612 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
10613 && sec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
)
10616 _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd
, psec
,
10617 elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
10618 sym
->st_value
+ rel
->r_addend
);
10621 /* If we have changed the section, and our original section is
10622 marked with SEC_EXCLUDE, it means that the original
10623 SEC_MERGE section has been completely subsumed in some
10624 other SEC_MERGE section. In this case, we need to leave
10625 some info around for --emit-relocs. */
10626 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
10627 sec
->kept_section
= *psec
;
10630 rel
->r_addend
-= relocation
;
10631 rel
->r_addend
+= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
10637 _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (bfd
*abfd
,
10638 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
10642 asection
*sec
= *psec
;
10644 if (sec
->sec_info_type
!= SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
)
10645 return sym
->st_value
+ addend
;
10647 return _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd
, psec
,
10648 elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
10649 sym
->st_value
+ addend
);
10652 /* Adjust an address within a section. Given OFFSET within SEC, return
10653 the new offset within the section, based upon changes made to the
10654 section. Returns -1 if the offset is now invalid.
10655 The offset (in abnd out) is in target sized bytes, however big a
10659 _bfd_elf_section_offset (bfd
*abfd
,
10660 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
10664 switch (sec
->sec_info_type
)
10666 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_STABS
:
10667 return _bfd_stab_section_offset (sec
, elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
10669 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME
:
10670 return _bfd_elf_eh_frame_section_offset (abfd
, info
, sec
, offset
);
10673 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_ELF_REVERSE_COPY
) != 0)
10675 /* Reverse the offset. */
10676 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
10677 bfd_size_type address_size
= bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8;
10679 /* address_size and sec->size are in octets. Convert
10680 to bytes before subtracting the original offset. */
10681 offset
= (sec
->size
- address_size
) / bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
) - offset
;
10687 /* Create a new BFD as if by bfd_openr. Rather than opening a file,
10688 reconstruct an ELF file by reading the segments out of remote memory
10689 based on the ELF file header at EHDR_VMA and the ELF program headers it
10690 points to. If not null, *LOADBASEP is filled in with the difference
10691 between the VMAs from which the segments were read, and the VMAs the
10692 file headers (and hence BFD's idea of each section's VMA) put them at.
10694 The function TARGET_READ_MEMORY is called to copy LEN bytes from the
10695 remote memory at target address VMA into the local buffer at MYADDR; it
10696 should return zero on success or an `errno' code on failure. TEMPL must
10697 be a BFD for an ELF target with the word size and byte order found in
10698 the remote memory. */
10701 bfd_elf_bfd_from_remote_memory
10704 bfd_size_type size
,
10705 bfd_vma
*loadbasep
,
10706 int (*target_read_memory
) (bfd_vma
, bfd_byte
*, bfd_size_type
))
10708 return (*get_elf_backend_data (templ
)->elf_backend_bfd_from_remote_memory
)
10709 (templ
, ehdr_vma
, size
, loadbasep
, target_read_memory
);
10713 _bfd_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd
*abfd
,
10714 long symcount ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
10715 asymbol
**syms ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
10720 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
10723 const char *relplt_name
;
10724 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bfd_boolean
);
10728 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
10734 if ((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
)) == 0)
10737 if (dynsymcount
<= 0)
10740 if (!bed
->plt_sym_val
)
10743 relplt_name
= bed
->relplt_name
;
10744 if (relplt_name
== NULL
)
10745 relplt_name
= bed
->rela_plts_and_copies_p
? ".rela.plt" : ".rel.plt";
10746 relplt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, relplt_name
);
10747 if (relplt
== NULL
)
10750 hdr
= &elf_section_data (relplt
)->this_hdr
;
10751 if (hdr
->sh_link
!= elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)
10752 || (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_REL
&& hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_RELA
))
10755 plt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".plt");
10759 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
10760 if (! (*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, relplt
, dynsyms
, TRUE
))
10763 count
= relplt
->size
/ hdr
->sh_entsize
;
10764 size
= count
* sizeof (asymbol
);
10765 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
10766 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++, p
+= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
)
10768 size
+= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
) + sizeof ("@plt");
10769 if (p
->addend
!= 0)
10772 size
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 8 + 8 * (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS64
);
10774 size
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 8;
10779 s
= *ret
= (asymbol
*) bfd_malloc (size
);
10783 names
= (char *) (s
+ count
);
10784 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
10786 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++, p
+= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
)
10791 addr
= bed
->plt_sym_val (i
, plt
, p
);
10792 if (addr
== (bfd_vma
) -1)
10795 *s
= **p
->sym_ptr_ptr
;
10796 /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since
10797 we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */
10798 if ((s
->flags
& BSF_LOCAL
) == 0)
10799 s
->flags
|= BSF_GLOBAL
;
10800 s
->flags
|= BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
10802 s
->value
= addr
- plt
->vma
;
10805 len
= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
);
10806 memcpy (names
, (*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
, len
);
10808 if (p
->addend
!= 0)
10812 memcpy (names
, "+0x", sizeof ("+0x") - 1);
10813 names
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1;
10814 bfd_sprintf_vma (abfd
, buf
, p
->addend
);
10815 for (a
= buf
; *a
== '0'; ++a
)
10818 memcpy (names
, a
, len
);
10821 memcpy (names
, "@plt", sizeof ("@plt"));
10822 names
+= sizeof ("@plt");
10829 /* It is only used by x86-64 so far. */
10830 asection _bfd_elf_large_com_section
10831 = BFD_FAKE_SECTION (_bfd_elf_large_com_section
,
10832 SEC_IS_COMMON
, NULL
, "LARGE_COMMON", 0);
10835 _bfd_elf_post_process_headers (bfd
* abfd
,
10836 struct bfd_link_info
* link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
10838 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
* i_ehdrp
; /* ELF file header, internal form. */
10840 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
10842 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] = get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_osabi
;
10844 /* To make things simpler for the loader on Linux systems we set the
10845 osabi field to ELFOSABI_GNU if the binary contains symbols of
10846 the STT_GNU_IFUNC type or STB_GNU_UNIQUE binding. */
10847 if (i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] == ELFOSABI_NONE
10848 && elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_gnu_symbols
)
10849 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] = ELFOSABI_GNU
;
10853 /* Return TRUE for ELF symbol types that represent functions.
10854 This is the default version of this function, which is sufficient for
10855 most targets. It returns true if TYPE is STT_FUNC or STT_GNU_IFUNC. */
10858 _bfd_elf_is_function_type (unsigned int type
)
10860 return (type
== STT_FUNC
10861 || type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
);
10864 /* If the ELF symbol SYM might be a function in SEC, return the
10865 function size and set *CODE_OFF to the function's entry point,
10866 otherwise return zero. */
10869 _bfd_elf_maybe_function_sym (const asymbol
*sym
, asection
*sec
,
10872 bfd_size_type size
;
10874 if ((sym
->flags
& (BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_FILE
| BSF_OBJECT
10875 | BSF_THREAD_LOCAL
| BSF_RELC
| BSF_SRELC
)) != 0
10876 || sym
->section
!= sec
)
10879 *code_off
= sym
->value
;
10881 if (!(sym
->flags
& BSF_SYNTHETIC
))
10882 size
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) sym
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
;